mirror of
https://git.door43.org/richmahn/en_tn
synced 2025-03-06 16:58:51 +00:00
626 KiB
626 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | MRK | front | intro | r2f2 | 0 | # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br> * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br> * Becoming more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br> * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem; Jesus repeatedly predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his lifetime. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel According to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar to the ways other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. Jesus often taught by telling parables, stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:<br>* The phrase “son of man” can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, a human being.<br>* The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “Son of Man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is different than the first because God gives this Son of Man authority forever. Therefore, the title “Son of Man” became a title for the Messiah.<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” 42 times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### Sabbath/Sabbaths<br><br>Often in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “Sabbaths.” This is simply for the sake of rendering the translated text as close to the original text as possible. In the UST, Sabbaths is changed to singular, Sabbath, to make more sense of the use of the word in its context.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Mark?<br><br>Some verses found in older versions of the Bible are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translator’s region that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be surrounded by square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage is not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar to the modern versions of the Bible.<br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Having gone into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. The one having believed and having been baptized will be saved, and the one not having believed will be condemned. These signs will go with the ones believing: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
| 3 | MRK | 1 | intro | c6ep | 0 | # Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br><br>Leprosy is a disease of the skin. It made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming or is a combination of both. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 38, 40, 41, and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 4 | MRK | 1 | 1 | kpq1 | writing-newevent | ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) | |
| 5 | MRK | 1 | 1 | i3bc | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | The words **Son of God** form an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 6 | MRK | 1 | 2 | fc4t | figs-activepassive | καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 7 | MRK | 1 | 2 | e3by | writing-quotations | καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, we read,” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, he wrote,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 8 | MRK | 1 | 2 | z8b7 | figs-ellipsis | ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ | 1 | Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 9 | MRK | 1 | 2 | gu7i | figs-idiom | πρὸ προσώπου σου | 1 | before your face | Here, **before your face** is an idiom which means that the **messenger** was sent first, and then the second person came after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 10 | MRK | 1 | 2 | fsqn | figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” means giving attention to what follows. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 11 | MRK | 1 | 2 | s28q | figs-yousingular | προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου | 1 | your face … your way | Here, both uses of the pronoun **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 12 | MRK | 1 | 2 | kl12 | figs-metaphor | ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου | 1 | will prepare your way | That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 13 | MRK | 1 | 3 | lkm3 | writing-quotations | φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, | 1 | The voice of one crying out in the wilderness | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, he is saying,” or “a voice crying out in the wilderness, hear him saying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) |
| 14 | MRK | 1 | 3 | dqi9 | figs-quotesinquotes | φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here there is a direct quotation nested inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah, who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 15 | MRK | 1 | 3 | cf0e | figs-synecdoche | φωνὴ βοῶντος | 1 | Here, **a voice** refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 16 | MRK | 1 | 3 | v3n3 | figs-parallelism | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ | 1 | Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight | **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 17 | MRK | 1 | 3 | peh5 | figs-metaphor | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου | 1 | Make ready the way of the Lord | Here Isaiah uses the metaphor of preparing **paths** or **the way** on which someone will travel to make them walkable. If a person in high authority were coming, the people would clear the roads of any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 18 | MRK | 1 | 3 | yyk3 | figs-extrainfo | Κυρίου | 1 | In this quotation from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) | |
| 19 | MRK | 1 | 3 | h8rt | figs-idiom | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν | 1 | The imagery of a path, or **the way**, is used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for someone else, the preparer makes the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, others would make sure the roads were cleared of any hazards. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
| 20 | MRK | 1 | 3 | wltl | figs-yousingular | ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε | 1 | In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, both occurrences of the word **make** are plural and are commands addressing a group of people. Use the natural forms in your language to express this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 21 | MRK | 1 | 4 | s05n | figs-explicit | καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John the Baptizer likely had its origin in baptisms done by Gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 22 | MRK | 1 | 4 | dtqv | figs-abstractnouns | καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you can express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 23 | MRK | 1 | 5 | u9yg | figs-synecdoche | πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα | 1 | the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem | The phrase **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea, a large area in which the city of Jerusalem was located. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 24 | MRK | 1 | 5 | cf75 | figs-hyperbole | πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες | 1 | the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem | Here, **the whole region** and **all the inhabitants** are generalizations that refer to a great number of people but not to every single person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 25 | MRK | 1 | 5 | h8h7 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν | 1 | were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them in the Jordan River, and they were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 26 | MRK | 1 | 6 | n3rk | writing-background | καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. | 1 | This verse helps provide background about John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 27 | MRK | 1 | 6 | kyy3 | figs-activepassive | ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form **was clothed**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John wore camel hair and a leather belt around his waist, and ate locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 28 | MRK | 1 | 6 | j141 | figs-explicit | ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου | 1 | The camels’ hair that John wore had been woven into rough, course material which was then made into clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was clothed in rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 29 | MRK | 1 | 6 | h518 | translate-unknown | καμήλου | 1 | If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 30 | MRK | 1 | 6 | jpzh | translate-unknown | ἀκρίδας | 1 | If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 31 | MRK | 1 | 7 | p7tl | writing-quotations | ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 32 | MRK | 1 | 7 | l7jd | writing-pronouns | ἐκήρυσσεν | 1 | he was proclaiming | The pronoun **he** is referring to John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 33 | MRK | 1 | 7 | bk1j | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου | 1 | Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or following John as a disciple of his. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 34 | MRK | 1 | 7 | g8fw | figs-explicit | οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ | 1 | of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie | Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 35 | MRK | 1 | 8 | e4qi | figs-metaphor | αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ | 1 | but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit | John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which will put people under the influence of the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism. That should aid the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 36 | MRK | 1 | 8 | r1j9 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ | 1 | Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 37 | MRK | 1 | 9 | u65k | writing-newevent | καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | it happened that in those days | This phrase, **And it happened that in those days**, marks the beginning of a new event in the storyline. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 38 | MRK | 1 | 9 | y8ea | writing-pronouns | ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “John was preaching and baptizing people when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 39 | MRK | 1 | 9 | gi39 | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου | 1 | he was baptized by John | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) |
| 40 | MRK | 1 | 9 | zv8t | figs-go | ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 41 | MRK | 1 | 10 | stwh | grammar-connect-time-sequential | εὐθὺς | 1 | The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As used here, it means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural form in your language for communicating this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential) | |
| 42 | MRK | 1 | 10 | n8sg | figs-activepassive | εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens bursting open” or “he saw God tearing the heavens open” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) | |
| 43 | MRK | 1 | 10 | m5f6 | figs-simile | τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν | 1 | the Spirit coming down on him like a dove | The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down from heaven as a dove comes down to earth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) |
| 44 | MRK | 1 | 11 | jh9m | figs-personification | καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν | 1 | Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) | |
| 45 | MRK | 1 | 11 | s6f4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός | 1 | my beloved Son | The term **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 46 | MRK | 1 | 12 | mh8n | εὐθὺς | 1 | See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md) | ||
| 47 | MRK | 1 | 12 | yv6v | τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” | |
| 48 | MRK | 1 | 13 | k2kt | figs-activepassive | πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and all the while Satan tempted him” or “during which time Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) | |
| 49 | MRK | 1 | 13 | siu3 | ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων | 1 | he was with | Alternate translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” | |
| 50 | MRK | 1 | 14 | q12s | figs-activepassive | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην | 1 | after John was arrested | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after the governor, Herod, had John arrested” or “But after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) |
| 51 | MRK | 1 | 14 | o4oh | figs-extrainfo | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην | 1 | The governor, Herod Antipas, had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 52 | MRK | 1 | 14 | tmh9 | grammar-connect-time-background | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην | 1 | This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that,” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) | |
| 53 | MRK | 1 | 14 | ys3b | figs-go | ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 54 | MRK | 1 | 14 | ns6b | κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον | 1 | proclaiming the gospel | Alternate translation: “telling the people there about the good news” | |
| 55 | MRK | 1 | 15 | fzq5 | figs-idiom | πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | The phrase **The time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to a prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in New Testament times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has come near” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
| 56 | MRK | 1 | 15 | rhom | writing-quotations | καὶ λέγων | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” or “and informing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 57 | MRK | 1 | 15 | quab | figs-activepassive | πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) | |
| 58 | MRK | 1 | 15 | yo11 | ἤγγικεν | 1 | The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has entered into human history and begun in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “has begun” or (2) will soon begin in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “will soon begin” | ||
| 59 | MRK | 1 | 16 | z3j9 | figs-explicit | ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ | 1 | casting a net into the sea | The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 60 | MRK | 1 | 16 | xor6 | grammar-connect-logic-result | ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 61 | MRK | 1 | 17 | zui3 | figs-idiom | δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου | 1 | Come after me | **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 62 | MRK | 1 | 17 | mlc6 | figs-metaphor | ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων | 1 | I will make you to become fishers of men | The expression **fishers of men** means that Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 63 | MRK | 1 | 17 | i2sr | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Here, although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 64 | MRK | 1 | 18 | tnuc | grammar-connect-time-sequential | εὐθέως | 1 | See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 65 | MRK | 1 | 18 | gvia | grammar-connect-time-sequential | ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ | 1 | Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 66 | MRK | 1 | 19 | xl2m | καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα | 1 | were in the boat mending the nets | Here, **mending** refers to restoring something, usually by sewing, to make it ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant stitching, weaving, or tying it together. Alternate translation: “are repairing their nets” | |
| 67 | MRK | 1 | 20 | zjz5 | figs-explicit | ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς | 1 | having called them | If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 68 | MRK | 1 | 20 | f77b | writing-pronouns | ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 69 | MRK | 1 | 20 | b2ci | ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ | 1 | they went after him | The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” | |
| 70 | MRK | 1 | 22 | bsc9 | figs-ellipsis | ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς | 1 | for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes | The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 71 | MRK | 1 | 22 | e9gf | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. | 1 | Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 72 | MRK | 1 | 22 | kmxf | ἐξεπλήσσοντο | 1 | Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue were amazed” | ||
| 73 | MRK | 1 | 23 | w7z2 | figs-explicit | καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ | 1 | The person with the **unclean spirit** is in the **synagogue** while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful in your langauge, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit was also in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 74 | MRK | 1 | 24 | ra8g | figs-rquestion | τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? | 1 | What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? | The demons ask the rhetorical question, **What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth** in order to tell let Jesus know that they do not want him to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them alone. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 75 | MRK | 1 | 24 | m8gz | figs-rquestion | ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | Have you come to destroy us? | The demons ask the rhetorical question **Have you come to destroy us** in order to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 76 | MRK | 1 | 24 | qsig | figs-explicit | ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | Here, **us** refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 77 | MRK | 1 | 28 | hrbh | figs-metaphor | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας | 1 | The phrase **went out everywhere** means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it throughout the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout all of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 78 | MRK | 1 | 29 | ybs7 | figs-go | ἦλθον | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 79 | MRK | 1 | 30 | bvvl | writing-background | ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα | 1 | the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever | This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 80 | MRK | 1 | 30 | vnp5 | translate-unknown | πυρέσσουσα | 1 | A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This usually results in the need to lie down in bed and rest, as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 81 | MRK | 1 | 31 | bzd2 | figs-events | ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός | 1 | Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 82 | MRK | 1 | 31 | sff6 | figs-metaphor | ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός | 1 | the fever left her | This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: he healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 83 | MRK | 1 | 31 | i5br | figs-explicit | διηκόνει αὐτοῖς | 1 | she started serving them | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that she probably served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 84 | MRK | 1 | 32 | h0y2 | writing-background | ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | **Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know the time in the day when this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 85 | MRK | 1 | 32 | d1i7 | figs-hyperbole | πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους | 1 | all those having sickness and those possessed by demons | The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great number of people who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 86 | MRK | 1 | 33 | grp2 | figs-metonymy | ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν | 1 | the whole city was gathered together at the door | The word **city** means the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 87 | MRK | 1 | 33 | pa4f | figs-hyperbole | καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν | 1 | The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression **the whole city** is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Simon’s door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 88 | MRK | 1 | 37 | vgc7 | figs-hyperbole | πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε | 1 | Everyone is seeking you | The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 89 | MRK | 1 | 38 | plm9 | figs-exclusive | ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ | 1 | We may go elsewhere | Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 90 | MRK | 1 | 38 | z53z | figs-extrainfo | εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις | 1 | The passages which follow clarify what is meant by the **surrounding towns**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 91 | MRK | 1 | 39 | lb9t | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων | 1 | Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) | |
| 92 | MRK | 1 | 39 | zs4i | figs-hyperbole | ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν | 1 | He went in all of Galilee | The words **in all** express an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 93 | MRK | 1 | 41 | l9jg | figs-idiom | σπλαγχνισθεὶς | 1 | having been moved with compassion | Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need.If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 94 | MRK | 1 | 41 | flc0 | figs-abstractnouns | σπλαγχνισθεὶς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “feeling compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 95 | MRK | 1 | 41 | qjz4 | figs-ellipsis | θέλω | 1 | I am willing | If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 96 | MRK | 1 | 43 | iw7t | αὐτῷ | 1 | General Information: | The pronoun **him** which is used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. | |
| 97 | MRK | 1 | 44 | xhu8 | figs-explicit | σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ | 1 | show yourself to the priest | Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “get inspected by the priest to confirm that you are healed of the leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 98 | MRK | 1 | 44 | w6b2 | figs-synecdoche | σεαυτὸν δεῖξον | 1 | show yourself | Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 99 | MRK | 1 | 45 | i91a | figs-metaphor | ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον | 1 | began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely | Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 100 | MRK | 1 | 45 | z363 | figs-hyperbole | πάντοθεν | 1 | from all sides | The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize from how very many places the people came. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 101 | MRK | 2 | intro | zhb5 | 0 | # Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)<br>1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)<br>1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)<br>1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)<br>1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like theft or murder, or they committed sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and feasting<br><br>People would fast (not eat food for a longer than usual period of time) when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 18, 25. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 102 | MRK | 2 | 1 | ir5j | figs-activepassive | ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν | 1 | it was heard that he is at home | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 103 | MRK | 2 | 1 | j6pa | grammar-connect-time-background | καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ | 1 | The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he had already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 104 | MRK | 2 | 1 | afvi | figs-explicit | ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν | 1 | There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be: (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place to which Jesus always returned when he was in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 105 | MRK | 2 | 3 | s21g | translate-unknown | παραλυτικὸν | 1 | Here, **a paralytic** is someone who, because of injury or disease, is not able to use their arms, legs, torso, or some combination of those parts of their body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 106 | MRK | 2 | 4 | v6ma | translate-unknown | ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι | 1 | they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered | In the region where Jesus lived, houses had flat roofs made of clay covered with tiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 107 | MRK | 2 | 4 | ouxr | translate-unknown | κράβαττον | 1 | A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture on which you might carry an injured person to take them for medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) | |
| 108 | MRK | 2 | 5 | trg9 | figs-explicit | ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν | 1 | having seen their faith | The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 109 | MRK | 2 | 5 | hzg6 | translate-kinship | τέκνον | 1 | Child | The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this that would be appropriate in this context, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) |
| 110 | MRK | 2 | 6 | le6v | figs-metonymy | διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν | 1 | reasoning in their hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 111 | MRK | 2 | 7 | yr5a | figs-rquestion | τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ | 1 | Why does this man speak this way? | These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means that Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 112 | MRK | 2 | 7 | sj6j | figs-rquestion | τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? | 1 | Who is able to forgive sins except God alone? | The scribes used this question to say that since no one **is able to forgive sins except God alone**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 113 | MRK | 2 | 8 | niy6 | figs-metonymy | τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | in his spirit | Here, **spirit** means Jesus’ inner thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 114 | MRK | 2 | 8 | h3zp | figs-explicit | ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful in your language, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having become aware though no one told him” or “Jesus, without hearing them, knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 115 | MRK | 2 | 8 | wga7 | figs-rquestion | τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν | 1 | Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? | Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 116 | MRK | 2 | 8 | s3m6 | figs-metonymy | ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν | 1 | these things in your hearts | The word **hearts** means their inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 117 | MRK | 2 | 9 | wv5d | figs-rquestion | τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει | 1 | Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? | Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 118 | MRK | 2 | 9 | q905 | figs-quotesinquotes | τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 119 | MRK | 2 | 10 | g4jn | figs-explicit | εἰδῆτε | 1 | But in order that you may know | The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 120 | MRK | 2 | 10 | jsyp | figs-123person | ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 121 | MRK | 2 | 11 | f369 | figs-imperative | ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου | 1 | The words **get up, take up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey with his own strength. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed, and then the man was able to obey this command. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up, take up your mat, and go away to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 122 | MRK | 2 | 12 | ki94 | ἔμπροσθεν πάντων | 1 | in front of everyone | Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” | |
| 123 | MRK | 2 | 12 | e0xs | figs-explicit | ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν ἔμπροσθεν πάντων | 1 | The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 124 | MRK | 2 | 13 | ma6f | grammar-connect-time-background | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς | 1 | Connecting Statement: | In this verse Mark gives background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 125 | MRK | 2 | 13 | zecn | figs-go | πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | Your language may say “going” or “went” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd was going to him” or “all the crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 126 | MRK | 2 | 14 | sc4g | translate-names | Ἁλφαίου | 1 | Levi son of Alphaeus | The word **Alphaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 127 | MRK | 2 | 14 | ekv0 | figs-idiom | ἀκολούθει μοι | 1 | In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 128 | MRK | 2 | 15 | bwv2 | ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ | 1 | for there were many and they were following him | Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” | |
| 129 | MRK | 2 | 15 | zqcu | figs-hendiadys | καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people upon whom the religious leaders looked down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 130 | MRK | 2 | 16 | rwu1 | figs-possession | οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων | 1 | Mark is using the possessive form to tell his readers that **the scribes** were members of the group known as **the Pharisees**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 131 | MRK | 2 | 16 | b1bi | figs-rquestion | ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? | 1 | Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? | The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 132 | MRK | 2 | 17 | ak1u | writing-proverbs | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες | 1 | The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness | Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a comparison. Just as sick people need a doctor to be healed, so sinners need Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need a doctor’s help; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) |
| 133 | MRK | 2 | 17 | c62j | figs-irony | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς | 1 | **The ones having sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **ones being healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy. He thinks the opposite. He says these words while speaking to people who think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 134 | MRK | 2 | 17 | lh4l | figs-ellipsis | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες | 1 | The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those who are sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 135 | MRK | 2 | 17 | ca4e | figs-ellipsis | οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς | 1 | but sinners | The words **I came ... to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 136 | MRK | 2 | 18 | z394 | figs-extrainfo | ἔρχονται | 1 | they are coming | The phrase **they come** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “a group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 137 | MRK | 2 | 18 | j1h2 | figs-explicit | καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες | 1 | This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 138 | MRK | 2 | 18 | y7bm | writing-background | καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. | 1 | This phrase provides background information. Mark is telling his readers this to help them understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 139 | MRK | 2 | 19 | eke3 | figs-rquestion | μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? | 1 | The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? | Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation with which they are already familiar. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 140 | MRK | 2 | 19 | tiiz | figs-extrainfo | μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? | 1 | It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 141 | MRK | 2 | 19 | wetb | figs-idiom | οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος | 1 | The expression **sons of** is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend to the needs of the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants” or “The groom’s friends”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 142 | MRK | 2 | 20 | vg2u | figs-activepassive | ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος | 1 | the bridegroom may be taken away | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 143 | MRK | 2 | 20 | y79o | grammar-connect-time-sequential | τότε | 1 | Here, the word **then** shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, after which the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 144 | MRK | 2 | 21 | v6xc | figs-explicit | οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν | 1 | No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment | When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 145 | MRK | 2 | 21 | vdza | figs-parables | οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. | 1 | This verse, as well as verse 22, is a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 146 | MRK | 2 | 22 | fk15 | figs-explicit | ἀσκοὺς | 1 | wineskins | The word **wineskins** refers to bags made out of animal skins and used to store wine. If the bags were old and previously used, and someone put new wine in them, they would likely tear. This happens because wine expands as it sits for a long time, and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the expanding wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 147 | MRK | 2 | 22 | dgcz | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς | 1 | In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that clear. Alternate translation: “but you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 148 | MRK | 2 | 23 | jya1 | figs-explicit | τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας | 1 | picking the heads of grain | Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 149 | MRK | 2 | 23 | k3pa | figs-explicit | τοὺς στάχυας | 1 | the heads of grain | The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “the heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing and use it in your translation in place of the word **grain**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 150 | MRK | 2 | 24 | h41a | figs-rquestion | ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν | 1 | Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? | The Pharisees are not asking Jesus for information, but rather, they are using the question form here to make a statement and emphatically condemn him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 151 | MRK | 2 | 24 | ec3u | figs-explicit | τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν | 1 | The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 152 | MRK | 2 | 24 | bf8w | figs-exclamations | ἴδε | 1 | Look | **Look** is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 153 | MRK | 2 | 25 | g8sf | figs-rquestion | οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ | 1 | Have you never read what David did | Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 154 | MRK | 2 | 25 | r14d | figs-explicit | οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ | 1 | Have you never read what David did | Jesus refers to reading about what David did, as recorded in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 155 | MRK | 2 | 25 | cjzx | figs-doublet | ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν | 1 | The phrase **had need** and the word **hungry** are both expressing the same idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two expressions in your translation. Alternate translation: “when he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 156 | MRK | 2 | 26 | y57j | figs-explicit | τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως | 1 | the bread of the presence | The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 157 | MRK | 2 | 26 | wz3g | figs-metaphor | εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking of it as the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 158 | MRK | 2 | 27 | i374 | figs-activepassive | τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο | 1 | The Sabbath was made for man | With the passive phrase **The Sabbath was made for man**, Jesus explains why God established the Sabbath. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 159 | MRK | 2 | 27 | u83s | figs-gendernotations | τὸν ἄνθρωπον…ὁ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | man | Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 160 | MRK | 2 | 27 | v3mb | figs-genericnoun | τὸν ἄνθρωπον…ὁ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | The word **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person but to mankind as a whole. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 161 | MRK | 2 | 27 | s2yd | figs-ellipsis | οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον | 1 | not man for the Sabbath | The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here if that would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 162 | MRK | 2 | 28 | wgwu | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). | ||
| 163 | MRK | 2 | 28 | kq1c | figs-123person | ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 164 | MRK | 2 | 28 | pwb5 | ὥστε Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου | 1 | There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath” (2) **Son of Man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath” | ||
| 165 | MRK | 3 | intro | x969 | 0 | # Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The 12 disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the 12 disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, Sons of Thunder), Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Judas, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 4, 5, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 166 | MRK | 3 | 1 | bm6z | writing-newevent | καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | Mark uses this sentence to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 167 | MRK | 3 | 1 | rn8y | writing-participants | καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 168 | MRK | 3 | 1 | ye6d | translate-unknown | ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it appear to be smaller. Alternate translation: “whose hand was shriveled” or “whose hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 169 | MRK | 3 | 2 | vr25 | figs-explicit | ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | so that they might accuse him | The Pharisees wanted Jesus to heal the man so that they could **accuse him** of breaking the law by doing work on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 170 | MRK | 3 | 2 | q35x | grammar-connect-logic-goal | ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You might also want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the Jewish day of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 171 | MRK | 3 | 3 | nm6w | figs-explicit | ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον | 1 | in our midst | Here, **midst** is referring to the group of people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 172 | MRK | 3 | 4 | mh3z | figs-rquestion | ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? | 1 | Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is allowed that people do good on the Sabbaths, but not do evil. Likewise it is allowed that a person save someone on the Sabbaths, but not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 173 | MRK | 3 | 4 | vz6c | figs-ellipsis | ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | to save a life, or to kill | The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If it would be helpful in your language, you may clarify and add it again to the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life or to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 174 | MRK | 3 | 4 | nut4 | figs-metonymy | ψυχὴν | 1 | a life | The phrase **a life** refers to physical life and means “a person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 175 | MRK | 3 | 5 | n4ep | figs-metaphor | τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν | 1 | The phrase **hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness that anyone would do anything on the Sabbath—whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. If your readers would not understand what it means to have **hardness of heart** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 176 | MRK | 3 | 5 | c3qe | figs-activepassive | ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ | 1 | his hand was restored | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 177 | MRK | 3 | 6 | nvk1 | figs-explicit | τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν | 1 | the Herodians | **Herodians** is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 178 | MRK | 3 | 8 | bi1b | τῆς Ἰδουμαίας | 1 | Idumea | **Idumea** is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea. | |
| 179 | MRK | 3 | 8 | mm5v | figs-explicit | ὅσα ἐποίει | 1 | how much he was doing | This phrase refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 180 | MRK | 3 | 9 | zu5e | figs-explicit | εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν | 1 | he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him | As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally; the danger was because there were so many people who wanted to touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 181 | MRK | 3 | 10 | e86s | grammar-connect-logic-result | πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας | 1 | For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him | This verse tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 182 | MRK | 3 | 10 | ge71 | figs-explicit | ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας | 1 | as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him | They **pressed against him** because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward, eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 183 | MRK | 3 | 10 | qyyv | figs-metaphor | ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ…ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας | 1 | Here, **pressed against him** means they came very close to Jesus to make physical contact with him. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this might be misunderstood, think of a way to express this more clearly in your language. Alternate translation: “so all the people who had diseases surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 184 | MRK | 3 | 11 | ca5i | figs-explicit | προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα | 1 | they were falling down before him and crying out, saying | Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who cause the people they possess to do such things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 185 | MRK | 3 | 11 | xf41 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the Son of God | The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated this title in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 186 | MRK | 3 | 13 | fatx | figs-idiom | ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος | 1 | Here, **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus was in a mountainous area. If it would be helpful in your language, you may state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 187 | MRK | 3 | 16 | ywli | translate-textvariants | καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |
| 188 | MRK | 3 | 16 | ozli | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | Mark is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had chose to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 189 | MRK | 3 | 16 | rj1c | translate-names | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case with **the Twelve**, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 190 | MRK | 3 | 16 | i7tf | translate-names | καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον | 1 | To Simon, also he added the name Peter | The word **Simon** is the name of the first man listed. All of the names listed in [3:17-19](../03/17.md) are also names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 191 | MRK | 3 | 16 | bt0f | figs-explicit | ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον | 1 | In ancient times, people changed their names to show that something about themselves was changing. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers and to describe something about him that is important. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 192 | MRK | 3 | 17 | n4gy | figs-metaphor | ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς | 1 | the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder | Jesus called the brothers **Sons of Thunder** because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means ‘Men Who Are Like Thunder’” or “the name Boanerges, which means ‘Thunder Men’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 193 | MRK | 3 | 19 | r3zs | writing-background | ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν | 1 | who also betrayed him | Mark adds the phrase **who also betrayed him** to tell the reader that **Judas Iscariot** was the one who would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 194 | MRK | 3 | 20 | jxr5 | καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον | 1 | And he is entering into a house | This is likely the same **house** which was mentioned previously. See note on [2:1](../02/01.md). | |
| 195 | MRK | 3 | 20 | rq6k | figs-synecdoche | μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν | 1 | they are not able even to eat bread | The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 196 | MRK | 3 | 21 | uyl8 | ἔλεγον γὰρ | 1 | for they said | Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd. | |
| 197 | MRK | 3 | 21 | mf5q | figs-idiom | ἐξέστη | 1 | He is out of his mind | The phrase **out of his mind** is an idiom that refers to acting crazily. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 198 | MRK | 3 | 23 | q8f3 | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? | 1 | How is Satan able to cast out Satan? | Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 199 | MRK | 3 | 23 | xb13 | figs-synecdoche | Σατανᾶν | 1 | The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom” and not just him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 200 | MRK | 3 | 24 | j5sv | figs-parables | καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη | 1 | Jesus uses this parable to show why the scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people is not united, they will not be able to exist together successfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 201 | MRK | 3 | 24 | b4z4 | figs-synecdoche | ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ | 1 | if a kingdom might have been divided against itself | The word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 202 | MRK | 3 | 24 | k3bz | figs-metaphor | οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι | 1 | is not able to stand | This phrase, **not able to stand** means that the kingdom, no longer united, will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 203 | MRK | 3 | 24 | h7hr | figs-litotes | οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι | 1 | is not able to stand | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 204 | MRK | 3 | 25 | zcr1 | figs-metonymy | οἰκία | 1 | a house | The phrase **a house** means the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 205 | MRK | 3 | 25 | dm6j | figs-parables | καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι | 1 | This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 206 | MRK | 3 | 25 | dlev | figs-parallelism | καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι | 1 | This parable is almost identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you could use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 207 | MRK | 3 | 26 | w7na | figs-rpronouns | εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη | 1 | if Satan rose up against himself and was divided | The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 208 | MRK | 3 | 26 | vif7 | figs-parallelism | καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει | 1 | While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to retain it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 209 | MRK | 3 | 26 | df2f | figs-metaphor | οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει | 1 | he is not able to stand, but he has an end | This means Satan will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure, and he comes to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 210 | MRK | 3 | 27 | mvr6 | figs-parables | ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. | 1 | he will plunder | This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits and saving the people whom Satan had previously controlled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 211 | MRK | 3 | 27 | x9lk | figs-genericnoun | οὐδεὶς | 1 | This phrase, **no one**, does not refer to a specific person but to people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 212 | MRK | 3 | 28 | f6fq | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of his statement that follows. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement in this context. Alternate translation: “I am telling you truthfully” or “I can assure you” | |
| 213 | MRK | 3 | 28 | p6sz | figs-idiom | τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | of the sons of men | Here, the phrase **sons of men** is an idiom which refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 214 | MRK | 3 | 28 | gp6g | figs-gendernotations | τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Although the terms **sons** and **men** are masculine, Jesus is using these words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 215 | MRK | 3 | 29 | ips3 | figs-genericnoun | ὃς δ’ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ | 1 | Here, **whoever** does not refer to anyone in particular but is a generic word for any person. Alternate translation: “but the person who has blasphemed” or “but whichever person might have blasphemed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 216 | MRK | 3 | 30 | sfa2 | figs-idiom | πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει | 1 | He has an unclean spirit | This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 217 | MRK | 3 | 31 | gef8 | καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Then his mother and his brothers come | Alternate translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived” | |
| 218 | MRK | 3 | 33 | qe8c | figs-rquestion | τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? | 1 | Who are my mother and my brothers? | Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved ones. He has not forgotten who his physical family members are, but these are people who belong to his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you whom I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you whom I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 219 | MRK | 3 | 33 | iu9r | translate-kinship | ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου | 1 | Jesus uses the words **mother** and **brothers** here not to refer to biological relatives but to those whom he loves and who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 220 | MRK | 3 | 35 | dr45 | figs-genericnoun | ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | whoever may do … this is | Here, **whoever** does not refer to any specific person but to any person who does **the will of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whichever person may do the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 221 | MRK | 3 | 35 | yr9i | figs-metaphor | οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν | 1 | this is my brother, and sister, and mother | This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 222 | MRK | 4 | intro | f5ua | 0 | # Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 223 | MRK | 4 | 1 | i95e | grammar-connect-logic-result | ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ | 1 | the sea | Jesus **stepped into a boat** because the crowd was so big that, if he had stayed among them, it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat on the water so the crowd could hear his teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 224 | MRK | 4 | 2 | h2a9 | writing-background | καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 225 | MRK | 4 | 3 | vqh3 | figs-parables | ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι | 1 | Listen! Behold, the sower | By telling a story, Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear what he teaches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story! Behold, a sower went out to sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 226 | MRK | 4 | 3 | gmdi | figs-imperative | ἀκούετε | 1 | The word **Listen** is an command which Jesus uses to get his listeners to listen carefully to what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 227 | MRK | 4 | 4 | si37 | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν | 1 | as he sowed, some fell beside the road | Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path were not hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell on the path, where they lay unprotected from hungry animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 228 | MRK | 4 | 5 | wuw2 | figs-ellipsis | καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες | 1 | In this verse and in the following four verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 229 | MRK | 4 | 6 | z2el | figs-idiom | ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | Here, **the sun rose** is an idiom which means the sun approached its highest point in the sky, usually the hottest part of the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 230 | MRK | 4 | 6 | ee49 | figs-activepassive | ἐκαυματίσθη | 1 | it was scorched | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can restate **it was scorched** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 231 | MRK | 4 | 7 | bw62 | ἄλλο ἔπεσεν | 1 | choked it … it did not produce | See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) | |
| 232 | MRK | 4 | 8 | v3sr | figs-ellipsis | αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν | 1 | increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 | The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipses are used here to shorten the phrases, but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “producing a plant that bore 30 times as much grain or 60 times as much grain or even 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 233 | MRK | 4 | 8 | u327 | translate-numbers | τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν | 1 | 30 … 60 … 100 | “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 234 | MRK | 4 | 9 | p2us | figs-metonymy | ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear | The phrase **has ears** here refers to the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 235 | MRK | 4 | 9 | qxy4 | figs-123person | ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear | Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 236 | MRK | 4 | 10 | u2nj | figs-explicit | ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας | 1 | when he was alone | The phrase **he was alone** does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the 12 disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 237 | MRK | 4 | 10 | kqcz | figs-nominaladj | τοῖς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 238 | MRK | 4 | 11 | t9ee | figs-activepassive | ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | To you has been given | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 239 | MRK | 4 | 11 | q2az | figs-explicit | ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω | 1 | to those who are outside | The phrase **to those, the ones outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 240 | MRK | 4 | 12 | p4fv | figs-metaphor | ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν | 1 | they may look, but may not see | Here, **but may not see** means being spiritually blind and not understanding the significance of what Jesus is doing. If your readers would not understand what it means to “not see” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “so that looking, they may not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 241 | MRK | 4 | 12 | e33y | figs-quotesinquotes | ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν | 1 | Mark is quoting Jesus, who is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes) | |
| 242 | MRK | 4 | 12 | p9yr | figs-metaphor | μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν | 1 | so that they would not turn | Here, **turn** means to “repent.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 243 | MRK | 4 | 13 | fs1v | figs-rquestion | οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? | 1 | Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables? | Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 244 | MRK | 4 | 14 | m72p | figs-metaphor | ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 245 | MRK | 4 | 14 | rp6h | figs-explicit | τὸν λόγον σπείρει | 1 | sows the word | Here, **the word** means the message which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sows the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sows the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 246 | MRK | 4 | 14 | xdaj | figs-metaphor | ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει | 1 | sows the word | Here, sowing **the word** means teaching Jesus’ words to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sower teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 247 | MRK | 4 | 15 | p68u | figs-metaphor | οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 248 | MRK | 4 | 15 | gcuh | figs-genericnoun | οὗτοι | 1 | The word **these** is a generic noun for people. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 249 | MRK | 4 | 16 | ty3q | figs-metaphor | καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι | 1 | These are the ones | If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “And in a similar way, some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 250 | MRK | 4 | 16 | d7ep | figs-genericnoun | οὗτοί | 1 | See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 251 | MRK | 4 | 16 | gdq7 | figs-activepassive | οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 252 | MRK | 4 | 17 | p5fr | figs-metaphor | οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς | 1 | They have no root in themselves | This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they did not allow the word to transform their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 253 | MRK | 4 | 17 | s5mh | figs-hyperbole | οὐκ…ῥίζαν | 1 | no root | They have **no root** in themselves is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 254 | MRK | 4 | 17 | t21w | figs-idiom | σκανδαλίζονται | 1 | they are caused to stumble | The phrase **they fall away** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 255 | MRK | 4 | 18 | uu9b | figs-metaphor | ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι | 1 | others are the ones sown among the thorns | If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed among the thorny plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 256 | MRK | 4 | 18 | wlab | figs-genericnoun | ἄλλοι | 1 | See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 257 | MRK | 4 | 19 | wa3k | αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος | 1 | the cares of this age | Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life” | |
| 258 | MRK | 4 | 19 | s7s7 | figs-metaphor | εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον | 1 | entering in choke the word | Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires do to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant can choke a young plant, worldly desire choke faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 259 | MRK | 4 | 19 | f4ip | figs-metaphor | ἄκαρπος γίνεται | 1 | it becomes unfruitful | Here, **unfruitful** means that God’s word in this person will not produce the desired results. In the Bible, a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works, showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 260 | MRK | 4 | 20 | axh1 | figs-metaphor | ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες | 1 | these are the ones sown in the good soil | If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 261 | MRK | 4 | 20 | d3r7 | figs-ellipsis | ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν | 1 | one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 | This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 262 | MRK | 4 | 20 | tdwj | translate-numbers | τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν | 1 | 30 … 60 … 100 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 263 | MRK | 4 | 21 | zzw7 | αὐτοῖς | 1 | And he was saying to them | Here, **to them** refers back to the Twelve and others around Jesus in verse [10](../mrk/04/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Twelve and others with him” | |
| 264 | MRK | 4 | 21 | nn7e | figs-rquestion | μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? | 1 | The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? | Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 265 | MRK | 4 | 21 | dkq7 | figs-doublet | ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην | 1 | Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases, as modeled by the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 266 | MRK | 4 | 22 | y5kn | figs-litotes | οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν | 1 | For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into the open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 267 | MRK | 4 | 22 | kc6k | figs-parallelism | οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν | 1 | nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened | These two phrases, **nothing is hidden”” and **nothing secret has happened**, both have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely everything that is hidden will be revealed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 268 | MRK | 4 | 23 | k1a8 | εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear | See how you translated this in [4:09](../04/09.md) | |
| 269 | MRK | 4 | 24 | r2r1 | ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he was saying to them | See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md) | |
| 270 | MRK | 4 | 24 | zis1 | figs-metaphor | ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | In that measure you use | This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 271 | MRK | 4 | 24 | c4xp | figs-activepassive | μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add even more to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 272 | MRK | 4 | 25 | i24l | figs-activepassive | δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο | 1 | to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 273 | MRK | 4 | 26 | n1mq | figs-parables | οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Here, Jesus tells his listeners a parable to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 274 | MRK | 4 | 26 | r5n7 | figs-simile | ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | As a man who may throw his seed | Jesus begins a parable that continues through verse 29. In this parable, he compares the **kingdom of God** to a man who **throws the seed** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning of **throws the seed** plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God: just as a farmer plants seed by scattering it over his field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 275 | MRK | 4 | 26 | htar | figs-genericnoun | ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person but any people who scatter seed. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As a farmer scatters seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 276 | MRK | 4 | 28 | cew8 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | πρῶτον χόρτον, εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα πλήρης σῖτον ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ | 1 | the ear | These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First the stalks appeared. After this the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 277 | MRK | 4 | 29 | ah9d | figs-metonymy | εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον | 1 | he immediately sends forth the sickle | Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 278 | MRK | 4 | 29 | yd1d | δρέπανον | 1 | sickle | A **sickle** is a handle with a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, use a tool that is used to do this job in your culture. | |
| 279 | MRK | 4 | 29 | hx6v | figs-idiom | ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός | 1 | because the harvest has come | Here, the phrase **the harvest has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 280 | MRK | 4 | 30 | ivk2 | figs-rquestion | πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? | 1 | How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? | Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 281 | MRK | 4 | 31 | w4l5 | figs-activepassive | ὅταν σπαρῇ | 1 | when it may have been sown | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 282 | MRK | 4 | 32 | x1xh | figs-personification | καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους | 1 | and it forms large branches | The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 283 | MRK | 4 | 33 | y7i2 | writing-endofstory | καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν | 1 | This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 284 | MRK | 4 | 34 | oo4t | figs-litotes | χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς | 1 | Mark uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 285 | MRK | 4 | 34 | gp99 | figs-hyperbole | ἐπέλυεν πάντα | 1 | he was explaining everything | Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 286 | MRK | 4 | 38 | b4xb | figs-rquestion | οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα | 1 | do you not care that we are perishing? | The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 287 | MRK | 4 | 38 | phc3 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | **Teacher** is a respectful title. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use. | ||
| 288 | MRK | 4 | 38 | qtb3 | figs-exclusive | ἀπολλύμεθα | 1 | we are perishing | The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 289 | MRK | 4 | 39 | yym6 | figs-doublet | σιώπα, πεφίμωσο | 1 | Be silent! Be still! | These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted **the wind** and **the sea** to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 290 | MRK | 4 | 40 | w5n4 | figs-rquestion | τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν | 1 | Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? | Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 291 | MRK | 4 | 41 | u8e1 | figs-rquestion | τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ | 1 | Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? | The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 292 | MRK | 5 | intro | lh25 | 0 | # Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 293 | MRK | 5 | 1 | fix1 | writing-newevent | καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Gerasenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 294 | MRK | 5 | 1 | gt8a | figs-go | ἦλθον | 1 | They came | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 295 | MRK | 5 | 1 | vsc7 | translate-names | τῶν Γερασηνῶν | 1 | the Gerasenes | This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 296 | MRK | 5 | 2 | pf16 | figs-idiom | ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ | 1 | with an unclean spirit | This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “whom an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 297 | MRK | 5 | 4 | nsol | writing-background | διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι | 1 | This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 298 | MRK | 5 | 4 | da4x | figs-activepassive | αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι | 1 | He had been bound many times | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 299 | MRK | 5 | 4 | nep6 | figs-activepassive | τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι | 1 | his shackles were shattered | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 300 | MRK | 5 | 4 | fk7t | translate-unknown | πέδαις | 1 | shackles | Here, **shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attached with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move far. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 301 | MRK | 5 | 6 | y6c2 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ | 1 | And seeing Jesus from a distance | After **having seen Jesus**, the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 302 | MRK | 5 | 7 | ux6u | figs-events | 0 | General Information: | If it would be helpful in your language, the information in this verse and 5:8 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 303 | MRK | 5 | 7 | ppu5 | figs-rquestion | τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? | 1 | What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? | The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 304 | MRK | 5 | 7 | kd19 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου | 1 | Son of the Most High God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 305 | MRK | 5 | 9 | h6ch | figs-exclusive | λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. | 1 | he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.” | The spirit who is speaking speaks on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. Here, **we** includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 306 | MRK | 5 | 9 | oa64 | translate-names | Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν | 1 | A **legion** is the name of a group of 6,000 Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **are many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 307 | MRK | 5 | 10 | gtq4 | writing-background | καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας | 1 | Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 308 | MRK | 5 | 13 | iff6 | figs-explicit | ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he permitted them | It may be helpful to your readers to state clearly what Jesus allowed the **unclean spirits** to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 309 | MRK | 5 | 13 | a28z | translate-numbers | ὡς δισχίλιοι | 1 | about 2,000 | Alternate translation: “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 310 | MRK | 5 | 13 | ntl1 | figs-go | ἐξελθόντα | 1 | Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 311 | MRK | 5 | 15 | qih4 | τὸν λεγεῶνα | 1 | the Legion | **Legion** was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md). | |
| 312 | MRK | 5 | 15 | fb4b | figs-idiom | σωφρονοῦντα | 1 | being in his right mind | This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 313 | MRK | 5 | 18 | pup5 | figs-quotations | ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “by pleading, ‘Please let me stay with you!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 314 | MRK | 5 | 19 | e21m | figs-explicit | καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν | 1 | But he did not permit him | Jesus was not allowing the man to get into the boat and be with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with him in the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 315 | MRK | 5 | 20 | g8ed | translate-names | τῇ Δεκαπόλει | 1 | the Decapolis | This word is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 316 | MRK | 5 | 20 | y8vn | figs-ellipsis | πάντες ἐθαύμαζον | 1 | everyone was marvelling | It may be helpful to state who the people were who were **marveling**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 317 | MRK | 5 | 22 | v1dm | translate-names | Ἰάειρος | 1 | Jairus | The word **Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 318 | MRK | 5 | 22 | u1rx | figs-go | ἔρχεται | 1 | Your language may say “goes” or “went” rather than “comes” or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 319 | MRK | 5 | 23 | jd27 | figs-idiom | ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | you may lay your hands | The expression **lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand or hands on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 320 | MRK | 5 | 23 | kzz8 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα σωθῇ | 1 | in order that she may be healed and she may live | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 321 | MRK | 5 | 25 | e2cz | writing-participants | καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα | 1 | And a woman, being | This phrase introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language and use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 322 | MRK | 5 | 25 | h58w | figs-euphemism | ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη | 1 | with a flow of blood for 12 years | The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 323 | MRK | 5 | 25 | idh9 | translate-numbers | δώδεκα ἔτη | 1 | for 12 years | Alternate translation: “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 324 | MRK | 5 | 27 | z2hg | figs-explicit | τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | the things about Jesus | She had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 325 | MRK | 5 | 28 | alc9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | ἔλεγεν γὰρ | 1 | This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus’ cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus’ cloak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 326 | MRK | 5 | 28 | wge2 | figs-activepassive | σωθήσομαι | 1 | I will be saved | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 327 | MRK | 5 | 29 | c1vz | figs-activepassive | ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος | 1 | she had been healed from the disease | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 328 | MRK | 5 | 30 | ma2b | figs-explicit | τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν | 1 | his power had gone out from him | When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “power from his body had healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 329 | MRK | 5 | 33 | r3a0 | figs-doublet | ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα | 1 | Both the words **afraid** and **trembling** are similar words which are used to show that the woman was very fearful. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these two words into one expression. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 330 | MRK | 5 | 33 | b6kz | figs-ellipsis | εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν | 1 | told him the whole truth | The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 331 | MRK | 5 | 34 | gbk8 | translate-kinship | θυγάτηρ | 1 | Daughter | Jesus used the term **Daughter** to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is clear to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) |
| 332 | MRK | 5 | 35 | t2wd | figs-rquestion | τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον | 1 | Why trouble the teacher any longer? | The rhetorical question **Why trouble the teacher any longer** is a statement used to express that they should not bother Jesus anymore. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer!” or “There is no need to bother the teacher any longer!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 333 | MRK | 5 | 35 | vqt0 | figs-infostructure | ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? | 1 | The statement **Your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) | |
| 334 | MRK | 5 | 39 | a3ih | figs-rquestion | τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε | 1 | Why are you upset and weeping? | Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 335 | MRK | 5 | 39 | dzrk | figs-ellipsis | τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει | 1 | The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 336 | MRK | 5 | 39 | g83c | figs-explicit | τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει | 1 | The child has not died, but is sleeping | Jesus is using **is sleeping** to indicate that the death of child is only temporary. That is, although the child had died, Jesus intends to make her alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child will not remain dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 337 | MRK | 5 | 41 | hx3c | translate-transliterate | ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! | 1 | Talitha, koum! | This is an Aramaic phrase which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 338 | MRK | 5 | 42 | pt5t | translate-numbers | ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα | 1 | she was 12 years of age | Alternate translation: “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 339 | MRK | 5 | 42 | m49c | figs-explicit | καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα | 1 | Mark includes the information about her age to help his readers understand how **the little girl** immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 340 | MRK | 5 | 43 | n29k | figs-quotations | καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν | 1 | and he told them to give her something to eat | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 341 | MRK | 6 | intro | kl7n | 0 | # Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 342 | MRK | 6 | 1 | mi7z | writing-newevent | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event occurred. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After a time, Jesus and those who followed him left there and returned to where he grew up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 343 | MRK | 6 | 1 | lpci | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς | 1 | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** or “went” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 344 | MRK | 6 | 2 | y4xj | figs-activepassive | τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ | 1 | what is this wisdom that has been given to him? | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 345 | MRK | 6 | 3 | s3wl | figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? | 1 | Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? | Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus are asking all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 346 | MRK | 6 | 3 | tlub | translate-names | Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος | 1 | James … Joses … Judas … Simon | These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 347 | MRK | 6 | 3 | d2g7 | figs-synecdoche | ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by what he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 348 | MRK | 6 | 4 | l436 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος | 1 | A prophet is not without honor, except | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 349 | MRK | 6 | 4 | b42w | grammar-connect-exceptions | οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ | 1 | If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only place that a prophet is not honored is” or “A prophet is honored everywhere except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 350 | MRK | 6 | 4 | y2oa | figs-parallelism | ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. In this case, the second and third phrases are more precise, smaller groups of people. If the repetition might confuse your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “among the people with whom he grew up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 351 | MRK | 6 | 4 | mutm | τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν | 1 | Here, **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to express this. | ||
| 352 | MRK | 6 | 4 | mgbp | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus uses the phrase **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 353 | MRK | 6 | 7 | d6sx | translate-numbers | δύο δύο | 1 | two by two | Alternate translation: “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 354 | MRK | 6 | 7 | ldbv | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:15](../03/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 355 | MRK | 6 | 8 | k5hl | grammar-connect-exceptions | μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον | 1 | If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on their journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 356 | MRK | 6 | 8 | t9a2 | figs-synecdoche | μὴ ἄρτον | 1 | no bread | Here, **bread** means food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 357 | MRK | 6 | 11 | b2kb | translate-symaction | ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | as a testimony against them | The expression **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** indicates strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could use it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) |
| 358 | MRK | 6 | 14 | ly7z | figs-activepassive | Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται | 1 | John the Baptist has been raised | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 359 | MRK | 6 | 15 | fgy3 | figs-explicit | ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν | 1 | But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” | It may be helpful to your readers to state why some people thought Jesus was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 360 | MRK | 6 | 15 | n8sq | figs-quotations | ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 361 | MRK | 6 | 16 | ym2w | figs-metonymy | ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα | 1 | whom I beheaded | Here, Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. Although he says here that he beheaded John, his soldiers beheaded John at his command. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 362 | MRK | 6 | 16 | n6nq | figs-activepassive | ἠγέρθη | 1 | has been raised | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 363 | MRK | 6 | 17 | vpr7 | figs-explicit | αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ | 1 | Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 364 | MRK | 6 | 17 | ojtd | grammar-connect-time-background | γὰρ | 1 | Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 365 | MRK | 6 | 17 | sf6r | translate-names | τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | the wife of his brother Philip | The word **Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 366 | MRK | 6 | 18 | e2ex | grammar-connect-logic-result | ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου | 1 | Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 367 | MRK | 6 | 19 | x35v | figs-metonymy | Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | was wanting to kill him, but she was not able | **Herodias** did not plan to personally kill John, but she wanted someone else to execute John for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “Herodias … wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 368 | MRK | 6 | 20 | k13z | figs-doublet | εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον | 1 | The word **righteous** and the word **holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a very righteous man. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “because he knew that he was a very righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 369 | MRK | 6 | 21 | m54q | figs-metonymy | Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials | Here, the name **Herod** actually means his servants, whom Herod would have commanded to prepare the meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 370 | MRK | 6 | 22 | a1d7 | εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος | 1 | the daughter of Herodias herself | We know from verse 17 that Herod married **Herodias** after she divorced his brother. Herodias’ daughter, who danced for Herod, was Herod’s niece and step-daughter. There are a few possible reasons why Mark refers to her as **his daughter Herodias**. Mark could: (1) be referring to Herod’s daughter-in-law as if she were Herod’s daughter’s to emphasize how close they were. Alternate translation: “And his daughter by Herodias” (2) be speaking about the daughter by using the name of her better-known mother, Herodias. | |
| 371 | MRK | 6 | 25 | caz0 | εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς | 1 | The words **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** all communicate a sense of urgency. Make sure to communicate this urgency in your language. | ||
| 372 | MRK | 6 | 25 | ap2w | figs-explicit | δῷς μοι | 1 | a platter | The implication is that the daughter of Herodias wants King Herod to have someone cut off John the Baptizer’s head and then give it to her. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 373 | MRK | 6 | 26 | c1gn | figs-explicit | διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους | 1 | because of his oath and those reclining at table with him | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly the content of the **oaths**, and the relationship between the **oaths** and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oaths that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 374 | MRK | 6 | 34 | j1td | figs-simile | ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα | 1 | they were like sheep not having a shepherd | Jesus compares the people to **sheep**, which are confused and vulnerable when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused when they did not have someone to lead them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 375 | MRK | 6 | 35 | sei9 | figs-idiom | ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης | 1 | And the hour already having become late | This phrase means it was the day was nearly ended. If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “near the end of the day” or “toward evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 376 | MRK | 6 | 35 | hz4h | ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος | 1 | This place is desolate | The phrase **This place is desolate** means that there were no people or very few people in that place. See how you translated the similar phrase in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md). | |
| 377 | MRK | 6 | 37 | cts5 | figs-rquestion | ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν | 1 | Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? | The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 378 | MRK | 6 | 37 | wowk | figs-hypo | ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν | 1 | The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we had 200 denarii. Even that amount of money would not be sufficient to buy enough food from the market to feed all of these people” or “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 379 | MRK | 6 | 37 | hs21 | translate-bmoney | δηναρίων διακοσίων | 1 | 200 denarii | The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages for a laborer. Alternate translation: “200 days’ wages worth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 380 | MRK | 6 | 37 | c65w | translate-numbers | δηναρίων διακοσίων | 1 | 200 denarii | Alternate translation: “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 381 | MRK | 6 | 39 | xgb6 | translate-unknown | τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ | 1 | the green grass | Describe the **grass** with the word used in your language to describe healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 382 | MRK | 6 | 40 | e4cb | figs-explicit | πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα | 1 | by group according to hundreds and according to fifties | The phrase **according to hundreds and according to fifties** refers to the number of people in each of the groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in groups of a hundred people and in groups of fifty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 383 | MRK | 6 | 41 | l8q3 | figs-explicit | ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | having looked up to heaven | The phrase **having looked up to heaven** means that Jesus **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 384 | MRK | 6 | 43 | xk9h | translate-numbers | δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα | 1 | 12 baskets | Alternate translation: “twelve full baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 385 | MRK | 6 | 44 | v4m3 | translate-numbers | πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | 5,000 men | Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 386 | MRK | 6 | 44 | deov | writing-background | καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 387 | MRK | 6 | 44 | u413 | figs-explicit | ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men | The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, that can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 388 | MRK | 6 | 45 | y3ve | translate-names | Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Bethsaida | The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 389 | MRK | 6 | 48 | g7ka | translate-unknown | τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς | 1 | the fourth watch | The term **the fourth watch of the night** refers to the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 390 | MRK | 6 | 50 | et5c | figs-parallelism | θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι; μὴ φοβεῖσθε | 1 | Take courage! … Do not fear! | The phrases **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning. Jesus uses both phrases in order to emphasize to his disciples that they do not need to be afraid. These two phrases can be combined into one phrase if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “I am not a ghost! It is I, Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 391 | MRK | 6 | 52 | m53m | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις | 1 | about the loaves | Here the phrase **about the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 392 | MRK | 6 | 52 | t1qb | figs-metaphor | ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη | 1 | their heart had been hardened | Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if **their heart had been hardened**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternately, you could use plain language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “they had become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 393 | MRK | 6 | 52 | m7yv | grammar-collectivenouns | αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία | 1 | In this verse, the word **heart** is singular in form, but it refers to all of their hearts as a group. If this would confuse your readers, you could use the plural form. Alternate translation: “their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 394 | MRK | 6 | 53 | p316 | translate-names | Γεννησαρὲτ | 1 | Gennesaret | The word **Gennesaret** is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 395 | MRK | 6 | 55 | d9k9 | περιέδραμον…ἤκουον | 1 | they ran throughout … they were hearing | Both occurrences of the word **they** in this verse refer to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples. | |
| 396 | MRK | 6 | 56 | gi6y | ἐτίθεσαν | 1 | they were putting | Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. | |
| 397 | MRK | 6 | 56 | y6hs | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας | 1 | the sick | The phrase **the sick** refers to sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 398 | MRK | 6 | 56 | bqzf | figs-litany | εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς | 1 | These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “any village and city, or even in the rural area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 399 | MRK | 7 | intro | vq1j | 0 | # Mark 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty, because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people please God by trusting and obeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 400 | MRK | 7 | 1 | b9ul | writing-newevent | καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων | 1 | are gathering around him | This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 401 | MRK | 7 | 2 | wd6i | figs-extrainfo | 0 | General Information: | The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 402 | MRK | 7 | 3 | mj6u | writing-background | γὰρ | 1 | of the elders | This verse and the next verse are added to explain why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 403 | MRK | 7 | 3 | x0b6 | figs-explicit | κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | The **tradition of the elders** consisted of teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 404 | MRK | 7 | 4 | wsb8 | writing-background | χαλκίων | 1 | copper vessels | See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 405 | MRK | 7 | 4 | d3qc | figs-explicit | ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων | 1 | The **cups, and pots, and copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 406 | MRK | 7 | 5 | hts4 | figs-metaphor | διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? | The phrase **walk according to** is way of saying “obey.” If your readers would not understand what **walk** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 407 | MRK | 7 | 5 | ugom | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? | Here, **but** is used here to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus’ disciples should be doing with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 408 | MRK | 7 | 5 | j7ht | figs-synecdoche | ἄρτον | 1 | bread | Here, **bread** represents food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 409 | MRK | 7 | 6 | oavh | figs-quotesinquotes | ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 410 | MRK | 7 | 6 | ep7u | figs-metonymy | τοῖς χείλεσίν | 1 | with their lips | Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 411 | MRK | 7 | 6 | zgt9 | figs-metonymy | ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν | 1 | but their heart is far from me | The word **heart** means inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 412 | MRK | 7 | 6 | xtab | figs-idiom | ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | but their heart is far from me | The expression **their heart is far from me** is a way that God is saying that the people are not truly devoted to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 413 | MRK | 7 | 8 | hnw4 | figs-metaphor | κρατεῖτε | 1 | you hold fast to | Here, to **hold fast to** something means to adhere to something consistently. If your readers would not understand what **hold fast** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you cling to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 414 | MRK | 7 | 9 | e3qv | figs-irony | καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε | 1 | How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! | Jesus says **”You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition”** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well by rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 415 | MRK | 7 | 10 | d4sd | figs-quotesinquotes | Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω | 1 | The one speaking evil of his father | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 416 | MRK | 7 | 11 | cd57 | translate-transliterate | κορβᾶν | 1 | is Corban | **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it, using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 417 | MRK | 7 | 11 | ev2r | grammar-connect-time-background | ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον | 1 | that is, a gift | The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience, who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “meaning ‘a gift’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 418 | MRK | 7 | 14 | u3nk | figs-doublet | ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε | 1 | Listen to me, all of you, and understand | The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take heed to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 419 | MRK | 7 | 15 | gk5i | figs-explicit | οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου | 1 | nothing from outside the man | Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 420 | MRK | 7 | 15 | ms5c | figs-metonymy | τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά | 1 | the things that come out from the man | By using the phrase **the things that come out from the man**, Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 421 | MRK | 7 | 17 | l7d7 | writing-endofstory | καὶ ὅτε | 1 | And | Here, the phrase **And when** is being used as a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) |
| 422 | MRK | 7 | 18 | z8w1 | figs-rquestion | οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? | 1 | Are you also thus without understanding? | Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 423 | MRK | 7 | 18 | yqve | figs-metonymy | πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι | 1 | See the note in [7:15](../07/15.md) regarding the similar expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 424 | MRK | 7 | 19 | y2cr | figs-metonymy | οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | it does not go into his heart | Here, **heart** means a person’s inner being or mind. Here, Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 425 | MRK | 7 | 19 | hm98 | writing-background | καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα | 1 | making all foods clean | The phrase **making all foods clean** explains to the reader the significance of Jesus’ saying. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 426 | MRK | 7 | 20 | r12p | figs-metonymy | τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ | 1 | he was saying | **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is what a person thinks and desires that defiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 427 | MRK | 7 | 21 | chkk | figs-metonymy | ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται | 1 | Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 428 | MRK | 7 | 21 | eey1 | figs-litany | πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι | 1 | Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a natural form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 429 | MRK | 7 | 24 | k9bl | writing-background | καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | The phrase **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he traveled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someone’s house, he was hoping he would not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 430 | MRK | 7 | 26 | aik7 | writing-background | ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει | 1 | But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent | This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 431 | MRK | 7 | 26 | e39y | translate-names | Συροφοινίκισσα | 1 | a Syrophoenician | The phrase **a Syrophoenician** explains the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 432 | MRK | 7 | 27 | gsj7 | figs-metaphor | ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν | 1 | Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs | Here, Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not meant as a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat, for it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 433 | MRK | 7 | 27 | r898 | figs-activepassive | ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα | 1 | Permit the children first to be fed | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 434 | MRK | 7 | 27 | k2wb | figs-synecdoche | ἄρτον | 1 | bread | Here, **bread** refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 435 | MRK | 7 | 29 | sa9t | figs-explicit | ὕπαγε | 1 | go | Jesus was implying that the woman no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 436 | MRK | 7 | 29 | sbqp | figs-explicit | ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου | 1 | **The demon** left the **daughter** because Jesus commanded it too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have commanded the demon to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 437 | MRK | 7 | 31 | cxa8 | translate-names | Δεκαπόλεως | 1 | of the Decapolis | This word, **Decapolis**, is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 438 | MRK | 7 | 32 | jlj4 | figs-explicit | παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | they beg him that he would lay his hand on him | Prophets and teachers would put place their **hand on** a person in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people plead with Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 439 | MRK | 7 | 33 | ld3f | figs-explicit | πτύσας | 1 | having spit | Here, Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 440 | MRK | 7 | 34 | lbw4 | translate-transliterate | ἐφφαθά | 1 | Ephphatha | **Ephphatha** is an Aramaic word. Mark spelled it using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it meant, “**Be opened**”. In your translation you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 441 | MRK | 7 | 35 | yg15 | figs-idiom | ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί | 1 | his ears were opened | The phrase **his ears were opened** means that the man was enabled to hear. Alternate translation: “Jesus opened his ears, and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 442 | MRK | 7 | 35 | yj4j | figs-activepassive | ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ | 1 | the band of his tongue was released | The phrase **his tongue was released** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 443 | MRK | 7 | 35 | gssm | figs-idiom | ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **the band of his tongue was released** means he became able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was freed and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 444 | MRK | 7 | 36 | eb2y | figs-ellipsis | ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ | 1 | as much as he ordered them | This refers to Jesus ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 445 | MRK | 7 | 37 | dh17 | figs-metonymy | τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους | 1 | the deaf … the mute | The phrase **the deaf** and the phrase **the mute** both refer to groups of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 446 | MRK | 8 | intro | ry56 | 0 | # Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to expand before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples [Mark 8:17-21](./17.md) and rebuking the people [Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” [Mark 8:35-37](../08/35.md) | |||
| 447 | MRK | 8 | 1 | rmd8 | writing-newevent | ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | In those days | The phrase **In those days** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events in the story that Mark has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 448 | MRK | 8 | 1 | sgv6 | figs-extrainfo | μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Following this, Jesus explains why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 449 | MRK | 8 | 3 | u3mu | grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ | 1 | they will faint | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) |
| 450 | MRK | 8 | 4 | jdk2 | figs-rquestion | πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? | 1 | From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? | The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 451 | MRK | 8 | 6 | x2jr | figs-quotations | παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | he commands the crowd to recline on the ground | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 452 | MRK | 8 | 7 | bio6 | figs-quotations | εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to serve these also** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 453 | MRK | 8 | 8 | v5zi | figs-explicit | περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας | 1 | an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets | This refers to the **broken pieces** of bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 454 | MRK | 8 | 9 | m81z | writing-background | ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι | 1 | and he sent them away | Mark includes the phrase **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4,000 people that Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 455 | MRK | 8 | 10 | qnt3 | writing-endofstory | καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4,000 people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 456 | MRK | 8 | 10 | y8u3 | figs-explicit | ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά | 1 | he went into the region of Dalmanutha | They got to Dalmanutha in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he traveled over the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 457 | MRK | 8 | 10 | x33a | translate-names | Δαλμανουθά | 1 | of Dalmanutha | The word **Dalmanutha** is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 458 | MRK | 8 | 11 | zi91 | figs-metonymy | σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | a sign from heaven | Here, **heaven** refers to where God dwells and is an indirect way of referring to “God” himself. If your readers would not understand the use of the word **heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 459 | MRK | 8 | 12 | sn5a | ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | having sighed deeply in his spirit | The phrase **sighed greatly in his spirit** means that Jesus groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated the word “sighed” in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). | |
| 460 | MRK | 8 | 12 | s8xl | figs-metonymy | τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | in his spirit | The phrase **in his spirit** means “within himself” or “to himself.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 461 | MRK | 8 | 12 | g4lz | figs-rquestion | τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? | 1 | Why does this generation seek for a sign? | Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 462 | MRK | 8 | 12 | l335 | figs-synecdoche | τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον | 1 | Why does this generation seek for | When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time and who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 463 | MRK | 8 | 12 | a2x2 | figs-activepassive | εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον | 1 | if a sign will be given | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 464 | MRK | 8 | 12 | q4wh | figs-idiom | εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον | 1 | The phrase **if a sign will be given to this generation …** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 465 | MRK | 8 | 13 | i2se | writing-pronouns | ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς | 1 | having left them, having boarded a boat again | Jesus’ was not the only one who left; his disciples were with him also. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 466 | MRK | 8 | 13 | u1qk | figs-explicit | εἰς τὸ πέραν | 1 | to the other side | The phrase **to the other side** is referring to **the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 467 | MRK | 8 | 14 | gtg6 | grammar-connect-exceptions | καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ | 1 | except for one loaf | If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) |
| 468 | MRK | 8 | 15 | bd2x | figs-doublet | ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε | 1 | Keep watch! Be on guard | The warning phrases **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** both have very similar meanings and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you keep watch” or “Be sure to guard yourselves against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 469 | MRK | 8 | 15 | nszl | figs-extrainfo | βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου | 1 | Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast is put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 470 | MRK | 8 | 16 | zfw3 | figs-hyperbole | ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν | 1 | they have no bread | The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not enough for all of them. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 471 | MRK | 8 | 17 | hnh6 | figs-rquestion | τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε | 1 | Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? | Here, Jesus is not seeking information from the disciples. but rather. he is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I am speaking of actual bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 472 | MRK | 8 | 17 | dmt2 | figs-parallelism | οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε | 1 | Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? | The phrase ••Do you not yet perceive•• and the phrase ••nor understand•• have the same meaning. Jesus uses these phrases together here to emphasize the fact that they do not understand. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 473 | MRK | 8 | 17 | wf6j | figs-rquestion | οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε | 1 | Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? | Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “By now, you should perceive and understand the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 474 | MRK | 8 | 17 | fn31 | figs-metonymy | πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Have your hearts become hardened? | Here, the word **hearts** refers to a person’s mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become resistant to understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 475 | MRK | 8 | 17 | rq8c | figs-metaphor | πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Have your hearts become hardened? | The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 476 | MRK | 8 | 17 | mihv | figs-rquestion | πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Have your hearts become hardened? | Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 477 | MRK | 8 | 18 | u1gh | figs-rquestion | ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? | 1 | Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? | Jesus continues to rebuke his disciples by asking them more questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 478 | MRK | 8 | 18 | qt58 | figs-idiom | ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε | 1 | The phrases **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are both idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 479 | MRK | 8 | 19 | t7ig | translate-numbers | τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους | 1 | the 5,000 | Alternate translation: “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 480 | MRK | 8 | 20 | lip5 | translate-numbers | τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους | 1 | the 4,000 | Alternate translation: “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 481 | MRK | 8 | 21 | kh42 | figs-rquestion | πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? | 1 | How do you not yet understand? | Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 482 | MRK | 8 | 22 | c92c | figs-go | ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 483 | MRK | 8 | 22 | mj78 | figs-explicit | ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 484 | MRK | 8 | 22 | mul4 | translate-names | Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Bethsaida | The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 485 | MRK | 8 | 22 | mx9q | figs-explicit | ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται | 1 | that he would touch him | They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 486 | MRK | 8 | 24 | r6tk | figs-simile | βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας | 1 | I see men who look like walking trees | The man sees people **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 487 | MRK | 8 | 25 | td9l | figs-activepassive | καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη | 1 | and he looked intently and was restored | The phrase **was restored** can be written is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 488 | MRK | 8 | 27 | e4l3 | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came out into the villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 489 | MRK | 8 | 28 | nn1f | figs-ellipsis | ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι | 1 | other … others | The two occurrences of **others** in this verse both refer to “other people.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 490 | MRK | 8 | 30 | rgy8 | figs-quotations | ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | he warned them that they might tell no one about him | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 491 | MRK | 8 | 31 | d4dc | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | the Son of Man | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). | |
| 492 | MRK | 8 | 31 | m32p | figs-activepassive | ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι | 1 | to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 493 | MRK | 8 | 31 | gjg2 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι | 1 | The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, and for the elders and the chief priests and the scribes to reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 494 | MRK | 8 | 31 | h9t2 | figs-123person | δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν | 1 | By referring to himself as **the Son of Man**, Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “it was necessary that he, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 495 | MRK | 8 | 33 | nu32 | figs-metaphor | ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ | 1 | Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind | By saying **Get behind me, Satan**, Jesus could mean: (1) that Satan is directly influencing Peter to think and act the way he is. (2) that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do, which is the very thing that Satan also tried to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 496 | MRK | 8 | 33 | r9gy | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | Get behind me | In this verse Jesus is saying that Peter is acting in a way that he should not act. Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of God and setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of men. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 497 | MRK | 8 | 33 | clxo | figs-idiom | οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not focusing your thoughts on what God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 498 | MRK | 8 | 33 | t6jv | figs-ellipsis | οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Jesus leaves some words out in the phrase **on the things of men** that would be needed in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 499 | MRK | 8 | 33 | tn0t | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of people” or “that humans think about” or “that people think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 500 | MRK | 8 | 34 | m732 | figs-metaphor | ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν | 1 | to follow after me | Here, ** to follow after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 501 | MRK | 8 | 34 | c6ll | figs-metonymy | ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι | 1 | take up his cross, and follow me | The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 502 | MRK | 8 | 35 | d5rj | figs-genericnoun | ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ | 1 | For whoever wants | By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 503 | MRK | 8 | 35 | nn0a | figs-euphemism | ἀπολέσει αὐτήν | 1 | Here, **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 504 | MRK | 8 | 36 | ua46 | figs-rquestion | τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ | 1 | For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? | Jesus is not seeking information here, but rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 505 | MRK | 8 | 36 | mxuj | figs-gendernotations | ἄνθρωπον | 1 | Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 506 | MRK | 8 | 36 | jde6 | figs-hyperbole | κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον | 1 | to gain the whole world | The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 507 | MRK | 8 | 37 | wua4 | figs-rquestion | τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? | 1 | For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? | Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 508 | MRK | 8 | 38 | c53y | figs-metaphor | ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ | 1 | in this adulterous and sinful generation | Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery and sinned against God” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 509 | MRK | 8 | 38 | ov1d | figs-synecdoche | τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ | 1 | See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 510 | MRK | 8 | 38 | s5tm | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | the Son of Man | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 511 | MRK | 8 | 38 | hvx0 | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 512 | MRK | 9 | intro | n92j | 0 | # Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)). | |||
| 513 | MRK | 9 | 1 | q4b6 | writing-pronouns | ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he was saying to them | Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 514 | MRK | 9 | 1 | ad4e | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | See how you translated the statement **Truly, I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). | ||
| 515 | MRK | 9 | 1 | xm40 | figs-yousingular | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Here, the pronoun **you** is plural, in the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, and **you** refers to everyone to whom Jesus is speaking. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly, I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 516 | MRK | 9 | 1 | kg4x | figs-idiom | οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου | 1 | The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 517 | MRK | 9 | 1 | qloy | figs-abstractnouns | οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 518 | MRK | 9 | 1 | ymou | figs-abstractnouns | ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 519 | MRK | 9 | 1 | yjf6 | figs-explicit | τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει | 1 | the kingdom of God come with power | The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 520 | MRK | 9 | 2 | uf5f | figs-rpronouns | κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους | 1 | by themselves, alone | Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 521 | MRK | 9 | 2 | krt6 | translate-unknown | μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν | 1 | he was transfigured before them | The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 522 | MRK | 9 | 2 | b3bb | figs-activepassive | μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν | 1 | he was transfigured | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 523 | MRK | 9 | 3 | gp48 | translate-unknown | οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι | 1 | as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white | The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 524 | MRK | 9 | 4 | f2d6 | translate-names | Ἠλείας | 1 | Elijah with Moses appeared | The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 525 | MRK | 9 | 4 | j83a | translate-names | Μωϋσεῖ | 1 | The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 526 | MRK | 9 | 4 | r3uu | writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 527 | MRK | 9 | 4 | pj3i | writing-pronouns | ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες | 1 | they were talking with | Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 528 | MRK | 9 | 4 | sh7s | figs-activepassive | καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 529 | MRK | 9 | 4 | y9r3 | writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 530 | MRK | 9 | 5 | w6vs | writing-participants | ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | answering, Peter says to Jesus | Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 531 | MRK | 9 | 5 | iqc9 | figs-exclusive | καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι | 1 | it is good for us to be here | Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 532 | MRK | 9 | 5 | k3y1 | translate-unknown | σκηνάς | 1 | shelters | **Shelters** are simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 533 | MRK | 9 | 5 | ou1t | translate-names | Μωϋσεῖ | 1 | The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 534 | MRK | 9 | 5 | u7di | translate-names | Ἠλείᾳ | 1 | The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 535 | MRK | 9 | 6 | r3bn | writing-background | οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο | 1 | For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified | This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 536 | MRK | 9 | 6 | f8hn | ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο | 1 | they were terrified | Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid” | |
| 537 | MRK | 9 | 7 | e3id | ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς | 1 | came, overshadowing them | Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them” | |
| 538 | MRK | 9 | 7 | x4mv | figs-personification | ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης | 1 | a voice came from the cloud | Mark speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) |
| 539 | MRK | 9 | 7 | ybu6 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱός μου | 1 | my Son | The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 540 | MRK | 9 | 7 | lg0e | figs-yousingular | ἀκούετε | 1 | **Listen** is a command or instruction God gave to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 541 | MRK | 9 | 8 | hq73 | writing-pronouns | οὐκέτι…εἶδον | 1 | they no longer saw | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 542 | MRK | 9 | 9 | q2qv | writing-pronouns | αὐτῶν | 1 | The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 543 | MRK | 9 | 9 | pdmm | writing-pronouns | διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 544 | MRK | 9 | 9 | w1nf | writing-pronouns | διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται | 1 | Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter, James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 545 | MRK | 9 | 9 | wter | διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται | 1 | Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen” | ||
| 546 | MRK | 9 | 9 | t07p | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). | ||
| 547 | MRK | 9 | 9 | zttm | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify that Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 548 | MRK | 9 | 9 | w98g | figs-irony | ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ | 1 | would rise from the dead | Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 549 | MRK | 9 | 10 | edv3 | καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς | 1 | Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense, to mean “matter” or “event.” Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves” | ||
| 550 | MRK | 9 | 10 | to7w | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον | 1 | Mark is describing something Jesus would say by association with the words that came from his mouth when he taught them this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 551 | MRK | 9 | 10 | wfu9 | ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι | 1 | to rise from the dead | See how you translated the phrase “risen from the dead” in [9:9](../09/09.md). | |
| 552 | MRK | 9 | 11 | s9zn | writing-pronouns | ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες | 1 | they were questioning him | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 553 | MRK | 9 | 11 | je29 | writing-pronouns | ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν | 1 | Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 554 | MRK | 9 | 11 | wgsr | translate-names | Ἠλείαν | 1 | See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 555 | MRK | 9 | 12 | o8hf | writing-pronouns | ἔφη | 1 | Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 556 | MRK | 9 | 12 | s3q3 | figs-rquestion | καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? | 1 | And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? | Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 557 | MRK | 9 | 12 | xazj | figs-explicit | ἐξουδενηθῇ | 1 | Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Son of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 558 | MRK | 9 | 12 | toik | figs-activepassive | καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 559 | MRK | 9 | 12 | i3j7 | figs-activepassive | ἐξουδενηθῇ | 1 | would be despised | If it would be more natural in your language, you could state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 560 | MRK | 9 | 13 | k3kj | figs-explicit | ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον | 1 | they did whatever they wanted to him | If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 561 | MRK | 9 | 14 | n8fd | ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς | 1 | having come to the disciples | Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain” | |
| 562 | MRK | 9 | 14 | qsp3 | writing-pronouns | αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς | 1 | Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 563 | MRK | 9 | 15 | qhc3 | writing-pronouns | αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν | 1 | All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 564 | MRK | 9 | 16 | w679 | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς | 1 | Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 565 | MRK | 9 | 17 | a2j6 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 566 | MRK | 9 | 17 | eluu | πνεῦμα | 1 | See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md). | ||
| 567 | MRK | 9 | 18 | h98h | ξηραίνεται | 1 | he becomes rigid | Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid” | |
| 568 | MRK | 9 | 18 | zre6 | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἴσχυσαν | 1 | they could not | The phrase **they were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being able to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 569 | MRK | 9 | 19 | tb67 | figs-extrainfo | ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει | 1 | answering them, he says | Here, the pronoun **them** is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom **them** refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 570 | MRK | 9 | 19 | azc9 | figs-abstractnouns | ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος | 1 | You unbelieving generation | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 571 | MRK | 9 | 19 | nbw0 | figs-metonymy | ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος | 1 | Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history, and specifically, to refer to all the people who were present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) | |
| 572 | MRK | 9 | 19 | c88a | figs-rquestion | ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν | 1 | until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? | Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 573 | MRK | 9 | 19 | n4dq | figs-parallelism | ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? | 1 | until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? | The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long must I be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 574 | MRK | 9 | 19 | b7u5 | ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν | 1 | will I bear with you | Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you” | |
| 575 | MRK | 9 | 19 | nrya | figs-yousingular | φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με | 1 | In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 576 | MRK | 9 | 20 | bw3l | πνεῦμα | 1 | the spirit | See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md). | |
| 577 | MRK | 9 | 20 | l4r5 | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν | 1 | threw him into a convulsion | In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 578 | MRK | 9 | 20 | vdj4 | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν | 1 | In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 579 | MRK | 9 | 21 | f5zm | καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν | 1 | From childhood | Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’” | |
| 580 | MRK | 9 | 22 | f5yu | figs-infostructure | βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς | 1 | having had compassion | In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) |
| 581 | MRK | 9 | 22 | fbup | figs-abstractnouns | σπλαγχνισθεὶς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 582 | MRK | 9 | 23 | vh6c | εἰ δύνῃ | 1 | ‘If you are able’? | The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more helpful in your language, you could express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say, ‘If you are able’” | |
| 583 | MRK | 9 | 23 | kp1x | πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι | 1 | All things are possible for the one believing | Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God” | |
| 584 | MRK | 9 | 23 | e5kk | figs-explicit | τῷ πιστεύοντι | 1 | for the one believing | The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 585 | MRK | 9 | 24 | h4y6 | figs-explicit | βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ | 1 | Help me in my unbelief | The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power, but rather, these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 586 | MRK | 9 | 24 | wssi | figs-abstractnouns | βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 587 | MRK | 9 | 25 | qaw4 | figs-explicit | ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος | 1 | the crowd is running to them | The phrase **the crowd is running to them** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 588 | MRK | 9 | 25 | b54j | grammar-collectivenouns | ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος | 1 | The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in this way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 589 | MRK | 9 | 25 | ul8k | figs-explicit | τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα | 1 | You mute and deaf spirit | The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 590 | MRK | 9 | 25 | zd5c | figs-go | ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 591 | MRK | 9 | 26 | adb6 | κράξας | 1 | having cried out | Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out” | |
| 592 | MRK | 9 | 26 | i8dz | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | convulsed him greatly | Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 593 | MRK | 9 | 26 | n7h8 | figs-nominaladj | ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς | 1 | he became like a dead person | Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 594 | MRK | 9 | 26 | ns4t | ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν | 1 | so that many | Alternate translation: “so that many people said” | |
| 595 | MRK | 9 | 28 | f0x7 | figs-go | εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον | 1 | Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 596 | MRK | 9 | 28 | zwjp | εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον | 1 | Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house” | ||
| 597 | MRK | 9 | 28 | sd45 | κατ’ ἰδίαν | 1 | by himself | Alternate translation: “privately” | |
| 598 | MRK | 9 | 29 | pdk2 | figs-doublenegatives | τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ | 1 | This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting | The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 599 | MRK | 9 | 29 | v2s7 | figs-explicit | τοῦτο τὸ γένος | 1 | This kind | Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to a kind of unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 600 | MRK | 9 | 29 | kh4w | figs-go | τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν | 1 | Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 601 | MRK | 9 | 29 | yrzf | figs-abstractnouns | προσευχῇ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** by using a verb form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 602 | MRK | 9 | 29 | l6ok | figs-abstractnouns | νηστείᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 603 | MRK | 9 | 31 | f4gm | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). | ||
| 604 | MRK | 9 | 31 | vpj9 | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται | 1 | By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 605 | MRK | 9 | 31 | w75k | figs-activepassive | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται | 1 | The Son of Man is being delivered | If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 606 | MRK | 9 | 31 | y5cw | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται | 1 | The Son of Man is being delivered | Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” | |
| 607 | MRK | 9 | 31 | z8ud | figs-metonymy | εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων | 1 | into the hands of men | Here, **hands** means control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 608 | MRK | 9 | 31 | s1n2 | figs-activepassive | ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται | 1 | having been killed, he will rise again after three days | If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “once they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 609 | MRK | 9 | 33 | xv94 | figs-go | ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 610 | MRK | 9 | 33 | l2kj | figs-go | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος | 1 | Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 611 | MRK | 9 | 34 | gdg3 | figs-explicit | τίς μείζων | 1 | about who was the greatest | Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 612 | MRK | 9 | 35 | z754 | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 613 | MRK | 9 | 35 | fkf6 | figs-declarative | ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος | 1 | Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important, and he must serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 614 | MRK | 9 | 35 | jzl5 | figs-metaphor | εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος | 1 | If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all | Being **first** refers to people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** refers to people who are not esteemed by others, because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If it would help your readers to understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express the meaning using plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 615 | MRK | 9 | 35 | ioiu | figs-nominaladj | εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important in God's sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 616 | MRK | 9 | 35 | um58 | translate-ordinal | πρῶτος | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 617 | MRK | 9 | 35 | jqo3 | figs-ellipsis | ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 618 | MRK | 9 | 35 | z9x2 | figs-declarative | ἔσται…ἔσχατος | 1 | Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 619 | MRK | 9 | 35 | t526 | πάντων…πάντων | 1 | of all … of all | Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” | |
| 620 | MRK | 9 | 36 | qqcu | writing-pronouns | ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν | 1 | The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 621 | MRK | 9 | 37 | h242 | ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων | 1 | one of these little children | Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” | |
| 622 | MRK | 9 | 37 | ul12 | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | in my name | Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 623 | MRK | 9 | 37 | uik3 | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με | 1 | The phrase **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 624 | MRK | 9 | 37 | y24n | figs-explicit | τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με | 1 | the one who has sent me | Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 625 | MRK | 9 | 38 | dxq5 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου | 1 | in your name | Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 626 | MRK | 9 | 38 | a3d3 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md). | ||
| 627 | MRK | 9 | 38 | k2i2 | figs-metaphor | οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν | 1 | he was not following us | Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 628 | MRK | 9 | 39 | oynl | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **prevent**. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 629 | MRK | 9 | 39 | yw2q | figs-metonymy | ὀνόματί | 1 | See how you translated **name** in [9:38](../09/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 630 | MRK | 9 | 39 | h7ez | figs-abstractnouns | κακολογῆσαί | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 631 | MRK | 9 | 40 | tma4 | οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν | 1 | is not against us | Alternate translation: “is not opposing us” | |
| 632 | MRK | 9 | 41 | lz5d | figs-explicit | ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε | 1 | may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ | Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another, and the example could refer to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 633 | MRK | 9 | 41 | m0d8 | figs-metonymy | ὀνόματι | 1 | See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 634 | MRK | 9 | 41 | u325 | figs-ellipsis | ἐν ὀνόματι | 1 | Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 635 | MRK | 9 | 41 | bpz5 | figs-idiom | ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε | 1 | Here, **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 636 | MRK | 9 | 41 | bgq1 | figs-litotes | οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ | 1 | he may certainly not lose | Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 637 | MRK | 9 | 41 | wnb2 | figs-abstractnouns | οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 638 | MRK | 9 | 41 | jjq5 | figs-gendernotations | οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 639 | MRK | 9 | 42 | cj0l | figs-metaphor | ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων | 1 | The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 640 | MRK | 9 | 42 | gef5 | figs-hypo | καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ | 1 | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Here, Jesus is making a comparison to the punishment that people will receive from God for causing other people to sin. Jesus means that the person’s punishment from God for causing people to sin will be worse than if that person had drowned in the sea. He is not saying that someone would actually put a stone around a person’s neck and throw them into the sea as an alternative to being punished by God. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 641 | MRK | 9 | 42 | z6k5 | translate-unknown | μύλος ὀνικὸς | 1 | a large millstone | These **large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 642 | MRK | 9 | 42 | bx6c | figs-explicit | περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ | 1 | The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 643 | MRK | 9 | 43 | g8dv | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου | 1 | if your hand may cause you to stumble | Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do, something sinful with your hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 644 | MRK | 9 | 43 | ifcv | figs-hyperbole | ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν | 1 | When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand**, because Judaism taught against harming one’s body, and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 645 | MRK | 9 | 43 | wd7y | figs-explicit | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 646 | MRK | 9 | 43 | h9lh | figs-hyperbole | κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed**, he is not being literal, but rather, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 647 | MRK | 9 | 43 | l5bf | figs-abstractnouns | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “to live with God forever” or “live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 648 | MRK | 9 | 43 | ttl7 | εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον | 1 | into the unquenchable fire | Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out” | |
| 649 | MRK | 9 | 45 | lx2b | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε | 1 | if your foot may cause you to stumble | Here, the word **foot** refers to going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 650 | MRK | 9 | 45 | so26 | figs-explicit | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 651 | MRK | 9 | 45 | vj49 | figs-hyperbole | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν | 1 | to enter into life lame | When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame**, he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical injuries or impairments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 652 | MRK | 9 | 45 | hbt9 | figs-activepassive | βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 653 | MRK | 9 | 47 | okc3 | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν | 1 | Being the organ of vision, the **eye** substitutes for looking at something. In this case, the person looks at something which God has prohibited, which in turn can cause the person to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 654 | MRK | 9 | 47 | h4dv | figs-explicit | μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. This phrase has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” which was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 655 | MRK | 9 | 47 | t7uv | figs-hyperbole | μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 656 | MRK | 9 | 47 | r2gn | figs-activepassive | βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν | 1 | to be thrown into hell | See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 657 | MRK | 9 | 49 | mr5y | figs-activepassive | πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται | 1 | everyone will be salted with fire | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 658 | MRK | 9 | 49 | ma3s | figs-metaphor | πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται | 1 | will be salted with fire | Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified, as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 659 | MRK | 9 | 50 | rb7r | ἄναλον γένηται | 1 | may become unsalty | Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste” | |
| 660 | MRK | 9 | 50 | fqb8 | figs-rquestion | ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε | 1 | with what will you season it? | By using the phrase **with what will you season it**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 661 | MRK | 9 | 50 | t76n | αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε | 1 | will you season it | Alternate translation: “will you make it taste salty again” | |
| 662 | MRK | 9 | 50 | f34y | figs-metaphor | ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα | 1 | Have salt in yourselves | Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt**. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **salt** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 663 | MRK | 9 | 50 | syc9 | figs-rpronouns | ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα | 1 | The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 664 | MRK | 9 | 50 | tind | figs-yousingular | εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις | 1 | The command, **be at peace with one another**, is an instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 665 | MRK | 10 | intro | bq25 | 0 | # Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in [Mark10:7-8](../mrk/10/07.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. As Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage, he shows that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)). | |||
| 666 | MRK | 10 | 1 | qq93 | figs-explicit | ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται | 1 | having gotten up, he goes from that place | Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him, and they were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 667 | MRK | 10 | 1 | goki | figs-go | ἔρχεται | 1 | Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 668 | MRK | 10 | 1 | j5wa | καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου | 1 | and the other side of the Jordan River | Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” | |
| 669 | MRK | 10 | 1 | s6fy | figs-go | συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 670 | MRK | 10 | 1 | vzb4 | εἰώθει | 1 | he had been accustomed to do | Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” | |
| 671 | MRK | 10 | 5 | m73x | figs-metonymy | τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν | 1 | your hardness of heart | Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 672 | MRK | 10 | 5 | xqzb | figs-idiom | τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν | 1 | your hardness of heart | The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and desires and instead choosing one’s own will and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/05.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 673 | MRK | 10 | 6 | m6lj | figs-nominaladj | ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς | 1 | He made them | Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, men and women. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people to be men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 674 | MRK | 10 | 6 | jz57 | figs-quotesinquotes | ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς | 1 | Beginning in the previous verse, Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart.” Here and in the next two verses, he continues to address the Pharisees. In this verse, Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:8](../mrk/10/08.md). Jesus' entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks. His quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks, because it is a quote within a quote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation, the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 675 | MRK | 10 | 7 | lfzd | grammar-collectivenouns | καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα | 1 | Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 676 | MRK | 10 | 8 | rd63 | καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ | 1 | and the two will become one flesh | In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md). | |
| 677 | MRK | 10 | 8 | p7yc | figs-metaphor | οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ | 1 | they are no longer two, but one flesh | A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor illustrating the husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 678 | MRK | 10 | 9 | ty4e | figs-explicit | ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω | 1 | Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate | The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one separate them” or “Therefore, since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 679 | MRK | 10 | 9 | pty4 | figs-gendernotations | ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω | 1 | Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 680 | MRK | 10 | 10 | l8fu | figs-explicit | περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν | 1 | asked him about this | The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 681 | MRK | 10 | 11 | i5kp | figs-genericnoun | ὃς ἂν | 1 | Whoever | Here the word **Whoever** does not refer to anyone in the world, but rather to any person who **divorces his wife and marries another** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 682 | MRK | 10 | 12 | sn1m | figs-explicit | μοιχᾶται | 1 | she commits adultery | Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 683 | MRK | 10 | 13 | zx1f | writing-newevent | καὶ | 1 | And they were bringing | Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 684 | MRK | 10 | 13 | nmw7 | figs-explicit | προσέφερον | 1 | Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 685 | MRK | 10 | 13 | pk8a | figs-explicit | αὐτῶν ἅψηται | 1 | he might touch them | Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 686 | MRK | 10 | 14 | yi5m | figs-doublet | ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά | 1 | Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them | The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 687 | MRK | 10 | 14 | qj7i | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ κωλύετε | 1 | do not prevent | If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 688 | MRK | 10 | 15 | y3a2 | ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν | 1 | whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it | Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” | |
| 689 | MRK | 10 | 15 | a1e7 | figs-simile | ὡς παιδίον | 1 | as a little child | The point of the comparison, **as a little child**, is that Jesus is comparing how a person must receive the kingdom of God with how a little child would receive things. If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 690 | MRK | 10 | 15 | q3ck | figs-explicit | οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν | 1 | may certainly not enter into it | Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 691 | MRK | 10 | 16 | jq4f | ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ | 1 | having taken them into his arms | Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms” | |
| 692 | MRK | 10 | 17 | fpp6 | figs-metaphor | ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω | 1 | in order that I might inherit everlasting life | Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 693 | MRK | 10 | 17 | d0iy | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 694 | MRK | 10 | 17 | h45i | figs-abstractnouns | ζωὴν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 695 | MRK | 10 | 18 | lw1f | figs-rquestion | τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν | 1 | Why are you calling me good? | Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question to make a point in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 696 | MRK | 10 | 18 | gyod | figs-explicit | τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός | 1 | By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher,” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life,” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God, a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 697 | MRK | 10 | 19 | qs3e | figs-quotesinquotes | τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα | 1 | In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 698 | MRK | 10 | 19 | hj3v | μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς | 1 | do not testify falsely | Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court” | |
| 699 | MRK | 10 | 20 | bd3s | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 700 | MRK | 10 | 21 | syq1 | figs-metaphor | ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ | 1 | One thing you are lacking | Here, **lack** is a metaphor for still needing to do something. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 701 | MRK | 10 | 21 | rd85 | figs-explicit | δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | give it to the poor | Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 702 | MRK | 10 | 21 | ux1l | figs-nominaladj | τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | to the poor | Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the phrase **the poor** with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 703 | MRK | 10 | 21 | iij4 | figs-metaphor | ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ | 1 | treasure | Jesus speaks of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 704 | MRK | 10 | 22 | afu7 | figs-synecdoche | τῷ λόγῳ | 1 | Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 705 | MRK | 10 | 22 | v58f | ἔχων κτήματα πολλά | 1 | one having many possessions | Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things” | |
| 706 | MRK | 10 | 24 | z9z1 | ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς | 1 | but again answering, Jesus says to them | Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again” | |
| 707 | MRK | 10 | 24 | fh1q | figs-metaphor | τέκνα | 1 | Children, how | Here Jesus is using the term **Children** to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and he regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this plainly, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 708 | MRK | 10 | 25 | f15k | figs-hyperbole | εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν | 1 | It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God | This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 709 | MRK | 10 | 25 | t4y8 | translate-unknown | εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν | 1 | the eye of a needle | This phrase, **the eye of a needle**, refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 710 | MRK | 10 | 27 | vfyb | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώποις | 1 | Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 711 | MRK | 10 | 28 | hcv3 | figs-exclamations | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Behold | **Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 712 | MRK | 10 | 29 | m1w3 | ἢ ἀγροὺς | 1 | or lands | Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns” | |
| 713 | MRK | 10 | 30 | sjhg | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ | 1 | who may not receive | The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state the entire sentence positively. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 714 | MRK | 10 | 30 | heb4 | ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ | 1 | in this time | Alternate translation: “in this present age” | |
| 715 | MRK | 10 | 31 | y2lu | figs-nominaladj | πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj) | |
| 716 | MRK | 10 | 31 | ym7t | figs-metaphor | ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι | 1 | who are first will be last, and the last first | Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 717 | MRK | 10 | 32 | hq7y | figs-explicit | οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες | 1 | those who are following behind | Some people were walking behind Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 718 | MRK | 10 | 32 | k1nn | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 719 | MRK | 10 | 33 | pv4w | figs-exclamations | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Behold | **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 720 | MRK | 10 | 33 | qkq9 | figs-exclusive | ἀναβαίνομεν | 1 | When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 721 | MRK | 10 | 33 | s1hp | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | the Son of Man will be delivered | In speaking of himself as **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) |
| 722 | MRK | 10 | 33 | ha2g | figs-activepassive | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται | 1 | the Son of Man will be delivered | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be handed over** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 723 | MRK | 10 | 33 | ohsf | figs-abstractnouns | καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 724 | MRK | 10 | 33 | ils2 | παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | deliver him to the Gentiles | Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles” | |
| 725 | MRK | 10 | 34 | ccd3 | figs-123person | αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἀναστήσεται | 1 | they will mock | In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) |
| 726 | MRK | 10 | 34 | t0lt | writing-pronouns | ἐμπαίξουσιν | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 727 | MRK | 10 | 34 | xv2g | figs-explicit | ἀναστήσεται | 1 | he will rise | The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from his grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 728 | MRK | 10 | 35 | li9k | figs-exclusive | θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν | 1 | we desire … for us … we may ask | Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 729 | MRK | 10 | 35 | ch2r | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 730 | MRK | 10 | 36 | he8f | writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 731 | MRK | 10 | 37 | xwf8 | writing-pronouns | οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 732 | MRK | 10 | 37 | n1fv | figs-exclusive | δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν | 1 | Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 733 | MRK | 10 | 37 | bb98 | figs-explicit | ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου | 1 | in your glory | The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 734 | MRK | 10 | 37 | kyg6 | figs-abstractnouns | ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 735 | MRK | 10 | 38 | v1bf | οὐκ οἴδατε | 1 | You do not know | Alternate translation: “You do not understand” | |
| 736 | MRK | 10 | 38 | pax6 | figs-metaphor | τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι | 1 | The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and his death by crucifixion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 737 | MRK | 10 | 38 | hlue | figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι | 1 | The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 738 | MRK | 10 | 39 | r3pm | writing-pronouns | οἱ…αὐτοῖς | 1 | We are able | Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 739 | MRK | 10 | 39 | hc1g | figs-idiom | τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε | 1 | you will drink | **The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 740 | MRK | 10 | 39 | c15v | figs-metaphor | τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε | 1 | In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** to mean something more. See how you translated Jesus’ symbolic use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 741 | MRK | 10 | 39 | humc | figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε | 1 | The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 742 | MRK | 10 | 40 | pdc1 | figs-explicit | ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται | 1 | but it is for those for whom it has been prepared | The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 743 | MRK | 10 | 40 | eu9v | figs-activepassive | ἡτοίμασται | 1 | it has been prepared | The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/20/23.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 744 | MRK | 10 | 41 | ad19 | figs-explicit | ἀκούσαντες | 1 | When heard about this | The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 745 | MRK | 10 | 41 | i48d | figs-explicit | οἱ δέκα | 1 | Here, **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 746 | MRK | 10 | 42 | sbk8 | προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | having summoned them, Jesus | Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he” | |
| 747 | MRK | 10 | 42 | zfr3 | figs-abstractnouns | κατεξουσιάζουσιν | 1 | exercise authority over | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 748 | MRK | 10 | 43 | fc3m | μέγας γενέσθαι | 1 | to become great | Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected” | |
| 749 | MRK | 10 | 43 | gfun | figs-declarative | ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος | 1 | Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 750 | MRK | 10 | 44 | e7sn | figs-metaphor | εἶναι πρῶτος | 1 | to be first | Here, **to be first** means being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 751 | MRK | 10 | 44 | qzo8 | figs-declarative | ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος | 1 | Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 752 | MRK | 10 | 44 | u5yb | figs-hyperbole | ἔσται…δοῦλος | 1 | Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 753 | MRK | 10 | 45 | ctta | figs-123person | καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) | |
| 754 | MRK | 10 | 45 | pmk3 | figs-go | οὐκ ἦλθεν | 1 | Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 755 | MRK | 10 | 45 | a3fr | figs-activepassive | διακονηθῆναι | 1 | For even the Son of Man did not come to be served | The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 756 | MRK | 10 | 45 | rik1 | διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι | 1 | to be served, but to serve | Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people” | |
| 757 | MRK | 10 | 45 | d9jd | ἀντὶ πολλῶν | 1 | in exchange for many | Alternate translation: “in place of many people’s lives” or “in exchange for many people” | |
| 758 | MRK | 10 | 46 | bq3j | figs-go | ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ | 1 | Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus | Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 759 | MRK | 10 | 47 | ow3g | translate-names | Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός | 1 | The people call Jesus **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names) | |
| 760 | MRK | 10 | 47 | opm0 | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason-result statement. **And** introduces the reason, **having heard that it was Jesus**, which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result statement. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result) | |
| 761 | MRK | 10 | 47 | ynr7 | figs-metaphor | Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ | 1 | having heard that it was Jesus | The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 762 | MRK | 10 | 47 | vwz9 | figs-explicit | Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ | 1 | Son of David | **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 763 | MRK | 10 | 47 | ylls | figs-abstractnouns | ἐλέησόν με | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 764 | MRK | 10 | 47 | s2dr | figs-imperative | ἐλέησόν με | 1 | The phrase **have mercy** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add a word such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) | |
| 765 | MRK | 10 | 47 | tvkh | figs-explicit | ἐλέησόν με | 1 | The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 766 | MRK | 10 | 48 | ca5u | ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ | 1 | many were rebuking | Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout” | |
| 767 | MRK | 10 | 48 | m32u | πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν | 1 | much more | The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently” | |
| 768 | MRK | 10 | 48 | l86a | figs-explicit | Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με | 1 | See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 769 | MRK | 10 | 49 | ac7h | writing-pronouns | φωνοῦσι | 1 | they call | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 770 | MRK | 10 | 49 | n6xl | figs-abstractnouns | θάρσει | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 771 | MRK | 10 | 52 | s5d2 | figs-explicit | ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε | 1 | Your faith has healed you | This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because the man believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 772 | MRK | 10 | 52 | bjuw | figs-abstractnouns | ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 773 | MRK | 10 | 52 | ub7w | figs-abstractnouns | ἀνέβλεψεν | 1 | he was following him | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 774 | MRK | 11 | intro | xg3t | 0 | # Mark 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9-10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both; the donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md)) | |||
| 775 | MRK | 11 | 1 | ch4j | figs-go | ἐγγίζουσιν | 1 | And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 776 | MRK | 11 | 1 | g1fy | translate-names | Βηθφαγὴ | 1 | Bethphage | The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 777 | MRK | 11 | 2 | bi22 | figs-go | ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην | 1 | opposite us | Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 778 | MRK | 11 | 2 | si41 | figs-youdual | ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε | 1 | Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) | |
| 779 | MRK | 11 | 2 | r41g | translate-unknown | πῶλον | 1 | a colt | The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 780 | MRK | 11 | 2 | yw78 | figs-gendernotations | οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν | 1 | on which no man has yet sat | Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 781 | MRK | 11 | 2 | zloo | figs-metonymy | οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν | 1 | Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) | |
| 782 | MRK | 11 | 3 | aw3v | figs-quotesinquotes | καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε | 1 | This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey, tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 783 | MRK | 11 | 3 | q446 | figs-youdual | ποιεῖτε | 1 | The villagers would be speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) | |
| 784 | MRK | 11 | 3 | xw55 | figs-explicit | τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? | 1 | Why are you doing this? | If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 785 | MRK | 11 | 3 | k7fd | figs-abstractnouns | αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει | 1 | has need of it | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “requires it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 786 | MRK | 11 | 3 | yj5y | εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε | 1 | immediately he sends it back here | Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” | |
| 787 | MRK | 11 | 4 | y381 | writing-pronouns | ἀπῆλθον | 1 | they went away | Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 788 | MRK | 11 | 4 | f6hc | πῶλον | 1 | See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” | ||
| 789 | MRK | 11 | 7 | k9g7 | translate-unknown | τὰ ἱμάτια | 1 | cloaks | The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) |
| 790 | MRK | 11 | 7 | sbqy | figs-explicit | ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν | 1 | The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 791 | MRK | 11 | 8 | t8hy | figs-explicit | πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν | 1 | many spread their cloaks on the road | Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 792 | MRK | 11 | 8 | jk2o | translate-symaction | πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν | 1 | The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) | |
| 793 | MRK | 11 | 8 | fwl0 | ἱμάτια | 1 | See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” | ||
| 794 | MRK | 11 | 9 | d8se | translate-transliterate | ὡσαννά | 1 | Hosanna | The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how the word was used, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 795 | MRK | 11 | 9 | ye41 | figs-activepassive | εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | those following | The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 796 | MRK | 11 | 9 | suib | εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name” | ||
| 797 | MRK | 11 | 9 | x1bz | figs-explicit | εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | Blessed is the one who comes | Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 798 | MRK | 11 | 9 | e2p6 | figs-metonymy | ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | in the name of the Lord | Here, the phrase **in the name of** expresses authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means “with the authority of the Lord.” If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 799 | MRK | 11 | 10 | kkfo | figs-activepassive | εὐλογημένη | 1 | Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David | The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 800 | MRK | 11 | 10 | a6b4 | εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ | 1 | Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David | The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” | |
| 801 | MRK | 11 | 10 | yuap | figs-metaphor | τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ | 1 | Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 802 | MRK | 11 | 10 | b1si | ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις | 1 | Hosanna in the highest | See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase **Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now, God in the highest” | |
| 803 | MRK | 11 | 10 | vqm2 | figs-explicit | ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις | 1 | the highest | The phrase ** in the highest** is a way of referring to heaven, where God dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 804 | MRK | 11 | 11 | h2du | figs-synecdoche | ἱερόν | 1 | Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 805 | MRK | 11 | 11 | t5nv | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν | 1 | he went out to Bethany with the Twelve | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 806 | MRK | 11 | 11 | rvd7 | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 807 | MRK | 11 | 12 | zr8n | figs-go | ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας | 1 | when they had returned from Bethany | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had gone out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 808 | MRK | 11 | 13 | y447 | figs-go | ἦλθεν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 809 | MRK | 11 | 13 | yg5n | figs-go | ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν | 1 | if perhaps he could find anything on it | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 810 | MRK | 11 | 13 | j6cq | grammar-connect-exceptions | οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα | 1 | he found nothing except leaves | Mark is using a negative expression to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) |
| 811 | MRK | 11 | 13 | g76z | ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων | 1 | the season | Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” | |
| 812 | MRK | 11 | 14 | u3bk | figs-apostrophe | εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι | 1 | he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” | Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) |
| 813 | MRK | 11 | 14 | b362 | figs-explicit | εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα | 1 | he said to it | The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 814 | MRK | 11 | 14 | ij5h | figs-doublenegatives | μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι | 1 | his disciples heard it | The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 815 | MRK | 11 | 15 | hj7z | figs-go | ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | coming | Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 816 | MRK | 11 | 15 | c2wl | figs-synecdoche | ἱερὸν | 1 | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 817 | MRK | 11 | 15 | hoym | ἐκβάλλειν | 1 | Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out” | ||
| 818 | MRK | 11 | 15 | s4m2 | τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας | 1 | those selling and those buying | Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling” | |
| 819 | MRK | 11 | 15 | ve56 | figs-synecdoche | ἱερῷ | 1 | General Information: | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 820 | MRK | 11 | 16 | ohxg | figs-synecdoche | ἱεροῦ | 1 | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 821 | MRK | 11 | 17 | xrz2 | figs-rquestion | οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? | 1 | Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? | **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 822 | MRK | 11 | 17 | dxwe | figs-quotesinquotes | οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 823 | MRK | 11 | 17 | t9x9 | figs-activepassive | οὐ γέγραπται | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 824 | MRK | 11 | 17 | qeix | figs-metaphor | οἶκός μου | 1 | God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 825 | MRK | 11 | 17 | t1ho | figs-metaphor | οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house of prayer**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 826 | MRK | 11 | 17 | npdf | figs-activepassive | οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται | 1 | The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 827 | MRK | 11 | 17 | qvxz | figs-abstractnouns | προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 828 | MRK | 11 | 17 | dpt1 | figs-metaphor | σπήλαιον λῃστῶν | 1 | But you have made it a den of robbers | God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 829 | MRK | 11 | 18 | k6dv | ἐζήτουν πῶς | 1 | they were seeking a way | Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that” | |
| 830 | MRK | 11 | 19 | h4hg | ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο | 1 | when evening came | Alternate translation: “in the evening” | |
| 831 | MRK | 11 | 20 | s8ki | figs-explicit | τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν | 1 | the fig tree had been withered from its roots | The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 832 | MRK | 11 | 20 | a83v | figs-activepassive | ἐξηραμμένην | 1 | had been withered | The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 833 | MRK | 11 | 21 | jt3h | figs-activepassive | ἀναμνησθεὶς | 1 | having remembered, Peter | The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 834 | MRK | 11 | 21 | na1k | figs-activepassive | ἐξήρανται | 1 | The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 835 | MRK | 11 | 22 | ry5v | figs-yousingular | ἔχετε πίστιν | 1 | answering, Jesus says to them | In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 836 | MRK | 11 | 22 | x8k7 | figs-abstractnouns | ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 837 | MRK | 11 | 23 | sy61 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 838 | MRK | 11 | 23 | mred | figs-hyperbole | ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 839 | MRK | 11 | 23 | a01g | figs-metaphor | ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 840 | MRK | 11 | 23 | dwsf | figs-imperative | ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 841 | MRK | 11 | 23 | c3cj | figs-extrainfo | ὄρει τούτῳ | 1 | whoever might say | Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives, which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 842 | MRK | 11 | 23 | k3z4 | figs-activepassive | ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 843 | MRK | 11 | 23 | y76p | figs-metonymy | μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ | 1 | may not doubt in his heart, but may believe | In the expression **doubt in his heart**, the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 844 | MRK | 11 | 23 | doeg | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ | 1 | The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 845 | MRK | 11 | 23 | fzp5 | ἔσται αὐτῷ | 1 | it will be for him | Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” | |
| 846 | MRK | 11 | 24 | pn9x | διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Because of this, I say to you | Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” | |
| 847 | MRK | 11 | 24 | c61c | figs-yousingular | ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν | 1 | In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 848 | MRK | 11 | 24 | abke | figs-yousingular | πιστεύετε | 1 | In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 849 | MRK | 11 | 24 | tu5z | figs-explicit | ἔσται ὑμῖν | 1 | it will be yours | In the phrase **it will be to you**, the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 850 | MRK | 11 | 25 | m2aw | figs-yousingular | στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν | 1 | In this verse all occurrences of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 851 | MRK | 11 | 25 | m7xi | figs-explicitinfo | ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι | 1 | when you stand praying | It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your culture, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) |
| 852 | MRK | 11 | 25 | ttxg | figs-yousingular | ἀφίετε | 1 | In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 853 | MRK | 11 | 25 | swa3 | figs-yousingular | ἀφίετε | 1 | In the original language in which the author of Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 854 | MRK | 11 | 25 | f6ex | figs-explicit | εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος | 1 | if you have something against anyone | Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 855 | MRK | 11 | 25 | jjs9 | grammar-connect-logic-goal | ἵνα | 1 | The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone**, with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 856 | MRK | 11 | 25 | omze | figs-abstractnouns | τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 857 | MRK | 11 | 27 | alh5 | figs-synecdoche | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ | 1 | as he is walking around in the temple | The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple, since only priests were allowed inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 858 | MRK | 11 | 28 | se9b | figs-parallelism | ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς | 1 | By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? | The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?” |
| 859 | MRK | 11 | 28 | ooxp | figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 860 | MRK | 11 | 29 | erqp | figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 861 | MRK | 11 | 29 | aak2 | ἕνα λόγον | 1 | Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question” | ||
| 862 | MRK | 11 | 30 | vpgv | τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” | ||
| 863 | MRK | 11 | 30 | jj91 | τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου | 1 | The baptism of John | Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed” | |
| 864 | MRK | 11 | 30 | sh7b | figs-euphemism | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | from heaven | In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 865 | MRK | 11 | 30 | i5is | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | from men | Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 866 | MRK | 11 | 30 | fr1b | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | was it from heaven or from men | Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men” | |
| 867 | MRK | 11 | 30 | mc8n | figs-yousingular | ἀποκρίθητέ μοι | 1 | In the original language in which Mark wrote this book, the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 868 | MRK | 11 | 31 | s9vv | grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ | 1 | If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ | The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) |
| 869 | MRK | 11 | 31 | e7j4 | figs-quotesinquotes | ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 870 | MRK | 11 | 31 | nu1m | figs-euphemism | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | From heaven | See how you translated the expression **From heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 871 | MRK | 11 | 32 | tczm | grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 872 | MRK | 11 | 32 | aus1 | figs-explicit | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | But we might say, ‘From men,’ | The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 873 | MRK | 11 | 32 | v2gs | figs-gendernotations | ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | From men | See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 874 | MRK | 11 | 32 | b5qb | figs-quotesinquotes | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | But we might say, ‘From men,’… | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 875 | MRK | 11 | 32 | z93u | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? | 1 | But we might say, ‘From men,’… | The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 876 | MRK | 11 | 32 | z998 | grammar-connect-time-background | ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν | 1 | They were afraid of the crowd | The author of the Gospel of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 877 | MRK | 11 | 32 | dqlt | grammar-collectivenouns | ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 878 | MRK | 11 | 32 | x4bo | figs-explicit | ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον | 1 | Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 879 | MRK | 11 | 33 | rmbd | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 880 | MRK | 11 | 33 | us4a | figs-ellipsis | οὐκ οἴδαμεν | 1 | We do not know | The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 881 | MRK | 11 | 33 | av5y | grammar-connect-logic-result | οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 882 | MRK | 11 | 33 | arpm | figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 883 | MRK | 12 | intro | ne55 | 0 | # Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nHypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The son of David as Lord\n\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” | |||
| 884 | MRK | 12 | 1 | w2hb | figs-parables | καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better. He began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 885 | MRK | 12 | 1 | qa93 | writing-participants | ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν | 1 | Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables | Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character in a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 886 | MRK | 12 | 1 | l2i2 | translate-unknown | ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς | 1 | leased the vineyard to vine growers | As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 887 | MRK | 12 | 1 | fd71 | γεωργοῖς | 1 | While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers” | ||
| 888 | MRK | 12 | 2 | s83v | figs-explicit | τῷ καιρῷ | 1 | at the season | This refers to the time of harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made clear, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 889 | MRK | 12 | 2 | su2e | γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν | 1 | See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). | ||
| 890 | MRK | 12 | 2 | oxoo | figs-metaphor | καρπῶν | 1 | The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 891 | MRK | 12 | 3 | c321 | figs-metaphor | ἀπέστειλαν κενόν | 1 | with nothing | Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to be **empty** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 892 | MRK | 12 | 6 | z5hz | figs-quotesinquotes | λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου | 1 | a beloved son | If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 893 | MRK | 12 | 7 | m63e | figs-explicit | ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία | 1 | the heir | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and the son arrived, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 894 | MRK | 12 | 7 | kefz | γεωργοὶ | 1 | See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). | ||
| 895 | MRK | 12 | 7 | s5dc | figs-metonymy | ἡ κληρονομία | 1 | the inheritance | By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 896 | MRK | 12 | 8 | gx6l | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | having seized him | Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 897 | MRK | 12 | 9 | r4md | figs-rquestion | τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? | 1 | Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? | Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 898 | MRK | 12 | 9 | tlji | γεωργούς | 1 | See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). | ||
| 899 | MRK | 12 | 9 | g4ce | translate-unknown | δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις | 1 | destroy | See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 900 | MRK | 12 | 9 | mc5y | figs-explicit | δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις | 1 | will give the vineyard to others | The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 901 | MRK | 12 | 10 | v6ta | figs-quotesinquotes | οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | General Information: | If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 902 | MRK | 12 | 10 | xj9j | figs-rquestion | οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε | 1 | And have you not read this scripture? | Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 903 | MRK | 12 | 10 | mzr2 | figs-metaphor | λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. When the Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 904 | MRK | 12 | 10 | kv7t | figs-explicit | λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες | 1 | This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone which the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 905 | MRK | 12 | 10 | l5ma | figs-idiom | κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 906 | MRK | 12 | 11 | r8z8 | figs-quotesinquotes | παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν | 1 | This came from the Lord | This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation, then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 907 | MRK | 12 | 11 | k5w6 | figs-metonymy | ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν | 1 | it is marvelous in our eyes | The expression **in our eyes** is a way of referring to the opinion of the viewer through reference to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking about” or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 908 | MRK | 12 | 12 | b1vz | writing-pronouns | ἐζήτουν | 1 | they were seeking to seize him | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 909 | MRK | 12 | 12 | lx62 | grammar-connect-time-background | καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | but they feared the crowd | Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd, they did not seize him” or “but they did not seize him, because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 910 | MRK | 12 | 12 | v9wb | figs-infostructure | καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον | 1 | against them | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) |
| 911 | MRK | 12 | 12 | v5wv | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however, they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 912 | MRK | 12 | 13 | z2sf | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν | 1 | And they send | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 913 | MRK | 12 | 13 | pj3c | figs-explicit | τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν | 1 | the Herodians | The term **the Herodians** means those who supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 914 | MRK | 12 | 13 | kuy5 | figs-metaphor | ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν | 1 | in order to trap him | Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as trapping him. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **to trap him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 915 | MRK | 12 | 13 | s1hb | figs-metonymy | λόγῳ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Here, Mark uses the term **word** to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 916 | MRK | 12 | 14 | dh3d | figs-synecdoche | λέγουσιν | 1 | they say | Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them says,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 917 | MRK | 12 | 14 | xhl6 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 918 | MRK | 12 | 14 | awv5 | figs-exclusive | οἴδαμεν | 1 | The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 919 | MRK | 12 | 14 | cp3x | οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός | 1 | it is not a concern to you about anyone | Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor, but rather, you fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” | |
| 920 | MRK | 12 | 14 | qvpo | figs-metonymy | πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and social position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 921 | MRK | 12 | 14 | brm3 | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 922 | MRK | 12 | 14 | yfnc | figs-metaphor | τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 923 | MRK | 12 | 14 | ap2q | figs-abstractnouns | ἐπ’ ἀληθείας | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully,” as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 924 | MRK | 12 | 14 | k0tw | figs-explicit | ἔξεστιν | 1 | The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 925 | MRK | 12 | 14 | gtsk | figs-metonymy | Καίσαρι | 1 | The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 926 | MRK | 12 | 15 | g48w | figs-abstractnouns | ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν | 1 | he, knowing their hypocrisy | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 927 | MRK | 12 | 15 | c7nj | figs-rquestion | τί με πειράζετε | 1 | Why do you test me? | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 928 | MRK | 12 | 15 | wl34 | translate-bmoney | δηνάριον | 1 | a denarius | A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 929 | MRK | 12 | 16 | ev6s | οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν | 1 | And they brought one | Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” | |
| 930 | MRK | 12 | 16 | gi96 | figs-explicit | Καίσαρος | 1 | they said to him, “Caesar’s.” | Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 931 | MRK | 12 | 17 | fl4l | figs-metonymy | τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι | 1 | The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar | See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 932 | MRK | 12 | 17 | la16 | figs-ellipsis | καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | and the things of God, to God | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 933 | MRK | 12 | 18 | edcn | writing-background | οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who belong to a sect which denies the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 934 | MRK | 12 | 18 | y8yo | writing-participants | καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | Mark uses the words **Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 935 | MRK | 12 | 18 | ss09 | figs-distinguish | Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 936 | MRK | 12 | 18 | rdl7 | figs-explicit | οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | who say there is no resurrection | The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 937 | MRK | 12 | 18 | ax25 | figs-synecdoche | λέγοντες | 1 | Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 938 | MRK | 12 | 19 | w3ev | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 939 | MRK | 12 | 19 | e8x2 | figs-metonymy | Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ | 1 | Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die | These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 940 | MRK | 12 | 19 | m8fh | figs-exclusive | ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν | 1 | wrote to us | Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 941 | MRK | 12 | 19 | kgws | figs-hypo | ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον | 1 | Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who was married but who did not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 942 | MRK | 12 | 19 | g49e | ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα | 1 | his brother should take the wife | Alternate translation: “that man should marry his brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his dead brother’s wife” | |
| 943 | MRK | 12 | 19 | m2um | figs-metaphor | καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ | 1 | should raise up offspring to his brother | The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 944 | MRK | 12 | 19 | r0tg | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 945 | MRK | 12 | 20 | wz27 | figs-hypo | ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα | 1 | There were seven brothers | While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) |
| 946 | MRK | 12 | 20 | pj71 | figs-nominaladj | ὁ πρῶτος | 1 | the first | Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 947 | MRK | 12 | 20 | pj2g | translate-ordinal | ὁ πρῶτος | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 948 | MRK | 12 | 20 | af1t | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | the first took a wife | See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 949 | MRK | 12 | 21 | uef6 | figs-hypo | καὶ | 1 | The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 950 | MRK | 12 | 21 | d61g | figs-nominaladj | ὁ δεύτερος | 1 | the second … the third | Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 951 | MRK | 12 | 21 | na6s | translate-ordinal | ὁ δεύτερος | 1 | the second took her | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 952 | MRK | 12 | 21 | cgzm | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 953 | MRK | 12 | 21 | tbzw | figs-explicit | καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως | 1 | The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 954 | MRK | 12 | 21 | l1ds | figs-nominaladj | ὁ τρίτος | 1 | the third likewise | Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 955 | MRK | 12 | 21 | hx1q | translate-ordinal | ὁ τρίτος | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 956 | MRK | 12 | 22 | wjq8 | figs-ellipsis | οἱ ἑπτὰ | 1 | the seven | The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 957 | MRK | 12 | 22 | l3dg | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | the seven did not leave offspring | See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 958 | MRK | 12 | 23 | w4wu | ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει | 1 | In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? | The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” | |
| 959 | MRK | 12 | 23 | c4p5 | figs-ellipsis | οἱ…ἑπτὰ | 1 | The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 960 | MRK | 12 | 24 | zp2p | figs-rquestion | οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? | 1 | Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the Scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 961 | MRK | 12 | 24 | sie3 | figs-activepassive | οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the Scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 962 | MRK | 12 | 24 | i8il | τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the power of God | Alternate translation: “how powerful God is” | |
| 963 | MRK | 12 | 25 | nvh6 | writing-pronouns | ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται | 1 | For when they may rise | Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when people rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 964 | MRK | 12 | 25 | ox82 | figs-nominaladj | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 965 | MRK | 12 | 25 | y8vz | figs-activepassive | οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται | 1 | they may rise | If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 966 | MRK | 12 | 25 | ensg | figs-idiom | οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται | 1 | In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 967 | MRK | 12 | 25 | asw4 | figs-explicit | ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 968 | MRK | 12 | 25 | pi8l | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλ’ | 1 | the heavens | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that the existence of men and women being raised from the dead would follow the same pattern or order of things as had their former lives on earth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 969 | MRK | 12 | 26 | mffe | figs-nominaladj | τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 970 | MRK | 12 | 26 | z36n | figs-activepassive | τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται | 1 | that are raised | If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 971 | MRK | 12 | 26 | eod4 | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως | 1 | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 972 | MRK | 12 | 26 | jc5a | figs-possession | τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως | 1 | the book of Moses | Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) |
| 973 | MRK | 12 | 26 | w2lj | figs-explicit | ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου | 1 | the bush | Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the **bush** in the desert that was burning without being consumed, the place at which Moses first encountered God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 974 | MRK | 12 | 26 | si2b | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου | 1 | the bush | Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 975 | MRK | 12 | 26 | y35v | figs-verbs | λέγων | 1 | how God spoke to him | In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “and he called out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) |
| 976 | MRK | 12 | 26 | re82 | figs-explicit | ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ | 1 | I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob | The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 977 | MRK | 12 | 27 | dgc9 | figs-nominaladj | νεκρῶν | 1 | the God of the dead, but of the living | Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 978 | MRK | 12 | 27 | xxzs | figs-nominaladj | ζώντων | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 979 | MRK | 12 | 27 | v7ui | figs-activepassive | πολὺ πλανᾶσθε | 1 | the God of the dead, but of the living | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 980 | MRK | 12 | 28 | zqy4 | writing-participants | καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων | 1 | Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 981 | MRK | 12 | 28 | b3yh | figs-metonymy | ἰδὼν | 1 | Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 982 | MRK | 12 | 28 | q1u5 | figs-metaphor | ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων | 1 | he asked him | Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 983 | MRK | 12 | 28 | kftz | translate-ordinal | ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 984 | MRK | 12 | 29 | ztyh | figs-metaphor | πρώτη | 1 | Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md,) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 985 | MRK | 12 | 29 | euim | figs-ellipsis | πρώτη | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 986 | MRK | 12 | 29 | n74y | figs-nominaladj | πρώτη | 1 | The first is | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 987 | MRK | 12 | 29 | mq92 | figs-personification | Ἰσραήλ | 1 | Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one | Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 988 | MRK | 12 | 29 | mmtb | Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν | 1 | The phrase **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special” | ||
| 989 | MRK | 12 | 30 | thj7 | figs-declarative | ἀγαπήσεις | 1 | Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 990 | MRK | 12 | 30 | xjng | figs-merism | ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου | 1 | from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength | Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely, with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 991 | MRK | 12 | 30 | q49v | figs-metaphor | ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου | 1 | from your whole heart, and from your whole soul | Here, the term **heart** represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of a person's thinking and will. If the use of **heart** would not be understood here, you could use an equivalent expression or us plain language. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 992 | MRK | 12 | 30 | m8hi | ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ | 1 | Alternate translation: “with” | ||
| 993 | MRK | 12 | 30 | x3n5 | figs-abstractnouns | ψυχῆς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 994 | MRK | 12 | 30 | ln0t | figs-abstractnouns | διανοίας | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you can express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 995 | MRK | 12 | 30 | mii2 | figs-abstractnouns | ἰσχύος | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you can express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 996 | MRK | 12 | 31 | eu8b | figs-ellipsis | δευτέρα αὕτη | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The second commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 997 | MRK | 12 | 31 | fz8g | figs-explicit | δευτέρα | 1 | Here, Jesus is using the word **second** to mean “ second most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **second** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The second most important commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 998 | MRK | 12 | 31 | oegh | translate-ordinal | δευτέρα | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **second** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 999 | MRK | 12 | 31 | np4y | figs-ellipsis | ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1000 | MRK | 12 | 31 | tp6p | figs-declarative | ἀγαπήσεις | 1 | You will love your neighbor as yourself | Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) |
| 1001 | MRK | 12 | 31 | pyc1 | figs-explicit | τούτων | 1 | than these | Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1002 | MRK | 12 | 32 | uhgy | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 1003 | MRK | 12 | 32 | qqm4 | figs-abstractnouns | ἀληθείας | 1 | Good, Teacher | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1004 | MRK | 12 | 32 | awe3 | εἷς ἐστιν | 1 | he is one | See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md). | |
| 1005 | MRK | 12 | 32 | as2j | figs-ellipsis | οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος | 1 | that there is no other | The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1006 | MRK | 12 | 33 | v8yn | figs-metaphor | ὅλης τῆς καρδίας | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1007 | MRK | 12 | 33 | xnq9 | figs-abstractnouns | συνέσεως | 1 | from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1008 | MRK | 12 | 33 | k42a | figs-abstractnouns | ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος | 1 | from your whole heart | See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1009 | MRK | 12 | 33 | ekfy | figs-ellipsis | τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν | 1 | The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1010 | MRK | 12 | 33 | ll9t | περισσότερόν ἐστιν | 1 | is even more than | Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than” | |
| 1011 | MRK | 12 | 34 | b144 | οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | You are not far from the kingdom of God | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the saying **You are not far from the kingdom of God** in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” | |
| 1012 | MRK | 12 | 34 | is4c | figs-metaphor | οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | You are not far from the kingdom of God | Here, Jesus speaks of the man being almost ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1013 | MRK | 12 | 34 | lfti | figs-abstractnouns | Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1014 | MRK | 12 | 34 | rgh8 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα | 1 | no one any longer was daring | If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1015 | MRK | 12 | 35 | ptc8 | figs-synecdoche | ἱερῷ | 1 | answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1016 | MRK | 12 | 35 | q6e4 | figs-rquestion | πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? | 1 | How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? | This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1017 | MRK | 12 | 35 | i6a4 | figs-metaphor | υἱὸς Δαυείδ | 1 | the son of David | Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context, you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1018 | MRK | 12 | 36 | e1zq | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ | 1 | David himself | Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 1019 | MRK | 12 | 36 | jlbd | figs-quotesinquotes | εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1020 | MRK | 12 | 36 | ejy2 | ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ | 1 | in the Holy Spirit | Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit” | |
| 1021 | MRK | 12 | 36 | dv7b | figs-euphemism | εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου | 1 | said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord | Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 1022 | MRK | 12 | 36 | v53p | translate-symaction | κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου | 1 | Sit at my right hand | The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1023 | MRK | 12 | 36 | k2j1 | figs-nominaladj | κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου | 1 | In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1024 | MRK | 12 | 36 | rfy9 | translate-symaction | ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit, and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1025 | MRK | 12 | 37 | j7wn | figs-quotesinquotes | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1026 | MRK | 12 | 37 | ka5u | figs-explicit | λέγει αὐτὸν | 1 | calls him ‘Lord,’ | Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1027 | MRK | 12 | 37 | ssq3 | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ | 1 | See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 1028 | MRK | 12 | 37 | qpdy | figs-explicit | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον | 1 | In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox. That is, it is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1029 | MRK | 12 | 37 | rh2t | figs-rquestion | καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν | 1 | and how is he his son? | Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1030 | MRK | 12 | 37 | qucc | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be made as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Use a natural form in your language for showing this. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1031 | MRK | 12 | 37 | tjp6 | figs-metaphor | υἱός | 1 | Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant,” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1032 | MRK | 12 | 38 | bh8w | grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ | 1 | Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 1033 | MRK | 12 | 38 | rwxq | figs-yousingular | βλέπετε | 1 | In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 1034 | MRK | 12 | 38 | yhfv | figs-metonymy | βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων | 1 | Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of certain people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1035 | MRK | 12 | 38 | nxy9 | translate-symaction | τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν | 1 | In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in **long robes** was to assert one's right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1036 | MRK | 12 | 38 | mu5a | figs-explicit | ἀσπασμοὺς | 1 | The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings** in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1037 | MRK | 12 | 39 | mwmf | figs-metaphor | πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας | 1 | Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1038 | MRK | 12 | 40 | jtw4 | figs-metonymy | οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν | 1 | They devour the houses of the widows | Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1039 | MRK | 12 | 40 | j27b | figs-metaphor | οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν | 1 | the houses of the widows | Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1040 | MRK | 12 | 40 | r3ht | καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι | 1 | Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they are offering long prayers” | ||
| 1041 | MRK | 12 | 40 | qm52 | figs-metonymy | οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα | 1 | These will receive greater condemnation | Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1042 | MRK | 12 | 40 | h36x | figs-explicit | οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα | 1 | will receive greater condemnation | The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1043 | MRK | 12 | 41 | r69x | writing-background | καὶ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1044 | MRK | 12 | 41 | nohd | writing-newevent | καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά | 1 | This background information introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticing that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1045 | MRK | 12 | 41 | p2kp | figs-metonymy | τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον | 1 | the temple offering box | Mark is speaking of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God. He associates the boxes with **the treasury**, the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1046 | MRK | 12 | 41 | w4xc | grammar-collectivenouns | ὁ ὄχλος | 1 | The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 1047 | MRK | 12 | 41 | jgkw | figs-nominaladj | πλούσιοι | 1 | Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1048 | MRK | 12 | 41 | rl1l | figs-ellipsis | πολλά | 1 | Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1049 | MRK | 12 | 42 | g6ry | translate-bmoney | λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης | 1 | two mites | The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews. It was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 1050 | MRK | 12 | 42 | n29e | translate-bmoney | ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης | 1 | are a quadrans | A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their own currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 1051 | MRK | 12 | 43 | ipl1 | translate-versebridge | 0 | General Information: | In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) | |
| 1052 | MRK | 12 | 43 | q124 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1053 | MRK | 12 | 43 | ih0m | figs-metaphor | ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ | 1 | Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, using it to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1054 | MRK | 12 | 43 | n8z5 | figs-explicit | πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων | 1 | all of those putting into | In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1055 | MRK | 12 | 43 | n7su | γαζοφυλάκιον | 1 | having called | See how you translated the term **offering box** in [12:41](../12/41.md). | |
| 1056 | MRK | 12 | 44 | c7jj | grammar-connect-logic-result | γὰρ | 1 | Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1057 | MRK | 12 | 44 | ihuq | ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον | 1 | Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it” | ||
| 1058 | MRK | 12 | 44 | ui9a | αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς | 1 | abundance | Alternate translation: “but she who had only had a very little money gave everything she had to live on” | |
| 1059 | MRK | 12 | 44 | l4tp | τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς | 1 | her poverty | Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had” | |
| 1060 | MRK | 12 | 44 | p3as | τὸν βίον αὐτῆς | 1 | of her livelihood | Alternate translation: “she had to survive on” | |
| 1061 | MRK | 13 | intro | ti7d | 0 | # Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time. | |||
| 1062 | MRK | 13 | 1 | rrv1 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | General Information: | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | |
| 1063 | MRK | 13 | 1 | ql81 | figs-explicit | ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί | 1 | What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings | Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones which the temple walls were built with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge blocks of stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1064 | MRK | 13 | 2 | rez6 | figs-rquestion | βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς | 1 | Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and to emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1065 | MRK | 13 | 2 | xdhj | figs-activepassive | οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ | 1 | Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1066 | MRK | 13 | 3 | izt8 | writing-pronouns | καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας | 1 | And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter | Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were asking him by privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1067 | MRK | 13 | 3 | u7ju | κατ’ ἰδίαν | 1 | by himself | Alternate translation: “when they were alone” or “privately” | |
| 1068 | MRK | 13 | 4 | uf37 | figs-explicit | πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα | 1 | when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled | Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1069 | MRK | 13 | 4 | lw1n | figs-activepassive | ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα | 1 | when all these things | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1070 | MRK | 13 | 5 | fe42 | writing-pronouns | λέγειν αὐτοῖς | 1 | to say to them | The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1071 | MRK | 13 | 5 | qekc | figs-yousingular | βλέπετε | 1 | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 1072 | MRK | 13 | 6 | z63u | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | in my name | Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1073 | MRK | 13 | 6 | cee7 | figs-quotesinquotes | πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1074 | MRK | 13 | 6 | pbz4 | figs-explicit | πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς | 1 | Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1075 | MRK | 13 | 6 | wv12 | figs-explicit | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | they will lead many astray | The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1076 | MRK | 13 | 7 | fl5h | πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων | 1 | you may hear of wars and rumors of wars | The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away” | |
| 1077 | MRK | 13 | 7 | d1k9 | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος | 1 | but the end is not yet | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1078 | MRK | 13 | 7 | mi4d | figs-explicit | τὸ τέλος | 1 | the end | Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1079 | MRK | 13 | 8 | ydrb | figs-parallelism | ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1080 | MRK | 13 | 8 | rlxf | figs-genericnoun | ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος | 1 | The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1081 | MRK | 13 | 8 | oyrd | figs-metonymy | ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος | 1 | The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1082 | MRK | 13 | 8 | xln4 | figs-idiom | ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ | 1 | will rise against | The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1083 | MRK | 13 | 8 | e2ln | figs-ellipsis | βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν | 1 | kingdom against kingdom | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1084 | MRK | 13 | 8 | hz6g | figs-genericnoun | βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν | 1 | The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1085 | MRK | 13 | 8 | wpd3 | figs-metonymy | βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν | 1 | The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1086 | MRK | 13 | 8 | pcyi | figs-explicit | ταῦτα | 1 | **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1087 | MRK | 13 | 8 | dz8g | figs-metaphor | ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα | 1 | These are the beginnings of birth pains | Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” or “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1088 | MRK | 13 | 9 | nuti | figs-metaphor | βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς | 1 | Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1089 | MRK | 13 | 9 | c2cl | figs-yousingular | βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς | 1 | But you, watch yourselves | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 1090 | MRK | 13 | 9 | ulws | figs-rpronouns | βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς | 1 | Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 1091 | MRK | 13 | 9 | mbr5 | writing-pronouns | παραδώσουσιν | 1 | The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1092 | MRK | 13 | 9 | voih | figs-activepassive | δαρήσεσθε | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1093 | MRK | 13 | 9 | zdp8 | figs-activepassive | σταθήσεσθε | 1 | you will be beaten | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1094 | MRK | 13 | 9 | gbb4 | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε | 1 | you will be made to stand before | Here, **stand** figuratively means to be put on trial and judged. IIf it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1095 | MRK | 13 | 9 | v23p | figs-abstractnouns | εἰς μαρτύριον | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1096 | MRK | 13 | 9 | qq6r | εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς | 1 | Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them” | ||
| 1097 | MRK | 13 | 9 | y6p6 | writing-pronouns | εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς | 1 | for a testimony to them | The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1098 | MRK | 13 | 10 | ruk9 | translate-ordinal | πρῶτον | 1 | But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations | Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 1099 | MRK | 13 | 10 | sfjc | figs-activepassive | κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1100 | MRK | 13 | 10 | e6ad | figs-metonymy | πάντα τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1101 | MRK | 13 | 11 | uy91 | figs-idiom | παραδιδόντες | 1 | handing you over | Here, **handing … over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1102 | MRK | 13 | 11 | m0xq | figs-activepassive | δοθῇ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1103 | MRK | 13 | 11 | nr2r | figs-idiom | ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ | 1 | Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you could state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1104 | MRK | 13 | 11 | q2o3 | figs-explicit | οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον | 1 | The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful in your languages, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1105 | MRK | 13 | 11 | a9b6 | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον | 1 | but the Holy Spirit | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1106 | MRK | 13 | 12 | toqp | figs-explicit | παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς | 1 | Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because these people hate Jesus and their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1107 | MRK | 13 | 12 | py9u | figs-explicit | παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς | 1 | brother will deliver brother to death | Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1108 | MRK | 13 | 12 | m6iq | figs-gendernotations | παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν | 1 | Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 1109 | MRK | 13 | 12 | utyk | figs-abstractnouns | θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verb form. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1110 | MRK | 13 | 12 | b9ux | figs-ellipsis | πατὴρ τέκνον | 1 | a father, his child | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1111 | MRK | 13 | 12 | hrhw | figs-gendernotations | πατὴρ τέκνον | 1 | Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to the authorities to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 1112 | MRK | 13 | 12 | vjcw | figs-explicit | ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1113 | MRK | 13 | 12 | r66s | translate-symaction | ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς | 1 | children will rise up against parents | Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1114 | MRK | 13 | 13 | pk3g | figs-activepassive | ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων | 1 | you will be hated by everyone | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1115 | MRK | 13 | 13 | w8pz | figs-hyperbole | ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων | 1 | Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1116 | MRK | 13 | 13 | jhp6 | figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | because of my name | Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1117 | MRK | 13 | 13 | w28q | figs-activepassive | ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται | 1 | the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1118 | MRK | 13 | 13 | c33n | figs-explicit | ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος | 1 | the one who endures to the end | Here, **endured** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1119 | MRK | 13 | 13 | vcz4 | ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος | 1 | to the end | The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over” | |
| 1120 | MRK | 13 | 14 | d4nw | figs-explicit | τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως | 1 | the abomination of desolation | The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is from the book of Daniel. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1121 | MRK | 13 | 14 | vx3c | figs-explicit | ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ | 1 | standing where it should not be | Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. It it would help your readers you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1122 | MRK | 13 | 14 | ck7a | ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω | 1 | let the reader understand | The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language. | |
| 1123 | MRK | 13 | 15 | m1hq | figs-explicit | ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ | 1 | on the housetop | Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and that in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs on the back of the house and then enter the house from the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1124 | MRK | 13 | 16 | y1e9 | translate-unknown | ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω | 1 | let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind | The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1125 | MRK | 13 | 17 | bi8n | figs-idiom | ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις | 1 | to those having in the womb | The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1126 | MRK | 13 | 17 | bv9z | figs-explicit | ταῖς θηλαζούσαις | 1 | This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who nurse their babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1127 | MRK | 13 | 17 | u8kk | figs-idiom | ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1128 | MRK | 13 | 18 | w47v | translate-versebridge | προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος | 1 | pray that | If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving the entire contents of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) |
| 1129 | MRK | 13 | 18 | w91r | translate-unknown | χειμῶνος | 1 | in winter | In the location Jesus is referring to **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and difficult to travel. If this would confuse your readers you could use a term that your readers would be familiar with in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1130 | MRK | 13 | 19 | zs4g | figs-idiom | ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι | 1 | See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1131 | MRK | 13 | 19 | l5u9 | figs-abstractnouns | θλῖψις | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1132 | MRK | 13 | 19 | e98e | οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη | 1 | such as these have not happened | Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of suffering that has happened” | |
| 1133 | MRK | 13 | 19 | r1ly | figs-abstractnouns | ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1134 | MRK | 13 | 19 | c5sz | figs-ellipsis | οὐ μὴ γένηται | 1 | may certainly not happen | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “certainly will not happen again” or “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1135 | MRK | 13 | 20 | y7g6 | figs-idiom | μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν | 1 | did not cut short the days | **cut short** is an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1136 | MRK | 13 | 20 | el7g | figs-idiom | τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας | 2 | See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1137 | MRK | 13 | 20 | kda6 | figs-metonymy | οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ | 1 | no flesh would be saved | Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1138 | MRK | 13 | 20 | dosx | figs-activepassive | εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1139 | MRK | 13 | 20 | q8hm | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ | 1 | for the sake of the elect | Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful in your languages, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1140 | MRK | 13 | 20 | fz5f | figs-doublet | τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1141 | MRK | 13 | 20 | af7n | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as modeled by the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1142 | MRK | 13 | 21 | d9gr | translate-versebridge | 0 | General Information: | In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in verse 22 he gives the reason for the command. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 21–22 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) | |
| 1143 | MRK | 13 | 21 | qsfu | figs-quotesinquotes | καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is either here or there” or “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is in this location or that location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1144 | MRK | 13 | 21 | yfd3 | figs-ellipsis | ἴδε, ἐκεῖ | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look, there is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1145 | MRK | 13 | 22 | yw81 | figs-activepassive | ἐγερθήσονται | 1 | to deceive | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1146 | MRK | 13 | 22 | n81i | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς | 1 | false Christs | See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1147 | MRK | 13 | 23 | jq8p | figs-metaphor | βλέπετε | 1 | But you, watch out | See how you translated the word **watch** in [13:9](../13/09.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “be watchful” or “be alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1148 | MRK | 13 | 23 | va6h | προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα | 1 | I have told you everything beforehand | Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time” or “I have told you all these things before they happen” | |
| 1149 | MRK | 13 | 24 | is3h | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | Here, the word **But** shows a contrast between the events Jesus has just described and the events he will describe in [13:24-27](../013/24.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 1150 | MRK | 13 | 24 | vmna | figs-idiom | ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1151 | MRK | 13 | 24 | n2rr | grammar-connect-time-sequential | μετὰ | 1 | The word **after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [13:24-27](../013/24.md) will come after the events just described in [13:14-23](../013/14.md). The word **after** does not express how long it will be before the events of [13:24-27](../013/24.md) take place so you should choose a word or phrase in your language that communicates the sequential meaning of the word **after** but does not limit the time frame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 1152 | MRK | 13 | 24 | mfy8 | figs-abstractnouns | θλῖψιν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “suffer” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1153 | MRK | 13 | 24 | zy2f | figs-activepassive | ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται | 1 | the sun will be darkened | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1154 | MRK | 13 | 24 | a3qv | figs-personification | ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς | 1 | the moon will not give its light | Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 1155 | MRK | 13 | 25 | hge7 | figs-parallelism | αἱ δυνάμεις | 1 | the powers that are in the heavens | Here, **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings” |
| 1156 | MRK | 13 | 25 | au6l | figs-activepassive | αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται | 1 | the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will cause the powers that are in the heavens to be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1157 | MRK | 13 | 26 | kl95 | writing-pronouns | τότε ὄψονται | 1 | then they will see | The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1158 | MRK | 13 | 26 | yn52 | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). | ||
| 1159 | MRK | 13 | 26 | a130 | figs-123person | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1160 | MRK | 13 | 26 | nlo7 | figs-explicit | ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις | 1 | Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that the phrase **coming in the clouds** means **coming** down from heaven **in clouds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1161 | MRK | 13 | 26 | cd1e | figs-hendiadys | μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης | 1 | The phrase **with great power and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 1162 | MRK | 13 | 26 | h4z1 | figs-abstractnouns | μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης | 1 | with great power and glory | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** or **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1163 | MRK | 13 | 27 | nsyo | figs-123person | ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1164 | MRK | 13 | 27 | a1z2 | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς | 1 | he will gather together | See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1165 | MRK | 13 | 27 | vpb6 | figs-metaphor | τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων | 1 | the four winds | The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west and means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks figuratively, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1166 | MRK | 13 | 27 | u1vp | figs-parallelism | ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ | 1 | from the end of the earth to the end of the sky | The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 1167 | MRK | 13 | 28 | c99s | figs-parables | ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Consider the best way to introduce this parable in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 1168 | MRK | 13 | 28 | ti6e | τῆς συκῆς | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md). | ||
| 1169 | MRK | 13 | 28 | u8ha | figs-genericnoun | τῆς συκῆς | 1 | tender | Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 1170 | MRK | 13 | 28 | z417 | ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν | 1 | summer | Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start” | |
| 1171 | MRK | 13 | 29 | q53b | ταῦτα | 1 | these things | Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described” | |
| 1172 | MRK | 13 | 29 | w1k7 | ἐγγύς ἐστιν | 1 | The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **he is near** could also be translated as “it is near.” If the phrase **these things** refers to the destruction of Jerusalem, then the translation “it is near” is the preferred choice. The phrase “it is near” then refers to the abomination of desolation and the other events related to Jerusalem’s destruction rather than to Christ’s second coming which the translation **he is near** would indicate. Alternate translation: “it is near” | ||
| 1173 | MRK | 13 | 29 | aul8 | writing-pronouns | ἐγγύς ἐστιν | 1 | he is near | The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1174 | MRK | 13 | 29 | ini9 | figs-123person | ἐγγύς ἐστιν | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1175 | MRK | 13 | 29 | iavl | γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. | 1 | The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near**. | ||
| 1176 | MRK | 13 | 29 | z2pf | figs-idiom | ἐπὶ θύραις | 1 | at the doors | The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” or “and close to arriving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1177 | MRK | 13 | 30 | tg35 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1178 | MRK | 13 | 30 | m7ux | figs-metonymy | ἡ γενεὰ | 1 | Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1179 | MRK | 13 | 30 | h72r | figs-euphemism | οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ | 1 | will certainly not pass away | Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 1180 | MRK | 13 | 30 | h7dm | οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, μέχρις | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “this generation will still be alive when” | ||
| 1181 | MRK | 13 | 30 | t66q | ταῦτα | 1 | until all these things | Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described” | |
| 1182 | MRK | 13 | 31 | k4zb | figs-merism | ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται | 1 | Heaven and earth | Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 1183 | MRK | 13 | 31 | ah6w | figs-metonymy | οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται | 1 | my words will certainly not pass away | Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1184 | MRK | 13 | 31 | cq65 | οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true” | ||
| 1185 | MRK | 13 | 32 | km5z | figs-explicit | τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας | 1 | that day or that hour | The phrase **that day** refers to the time when Jesus will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the day or hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1186 | MRK | 13 | 32 | z3q9 | figs-extrainfo | οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ | 1 | the angels in heaven | Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives and not to the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 1187 | MRK | 13 | 32 | c1b2 | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱός | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “me” or “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1188 | MRK | 13 | 32 | gwh2 | εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ | 1 | except the Father | Alternate translation: “only God the Father knows” | |
| 1189 | MRK | 13 | 33 | pj0v | figs-metaphor | ἀγρυπνεῖτε | 1 | Jesus is using the expression **Stay awake** in a figurative sense. If your readers would not understand what it means to **Stay awake** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1190 | MRK | 13 | 33 | i43k | figs-explicit | πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν | 1 | what time it is | Here, **the time** refers to Christ’s second coming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1191 | MRK | 13 | 34 | ygl0 | figs-parables | ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος | 1 | To help his disciples understand how they should live while they wait for his second coming, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand how they should live while they were waiting for his return: ‘As a man on a journey’” or “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand what their attitude should be like while they waited for him to return: ‘As a man on a journey’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 1192 | MRK | 13 | 34 | iwt8 | figs-simile | ὡς | 1 | Here, Jesus uses the word **As** to introduce a comparison. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a comparison. Alternate translation: “It is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1193 | MRK | 13 | 34 | huof | figs-genericnoun | ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος | 1 | Jesus is speaking of a **man** or person in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “It is like when a person decides to go on a journey, and before leaving their house, that person asks their servants to manage the house. And the person gives each servant their responsibilities and commands the door-keeper to stay alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1194 | MRK | 13 | 34 | w4dy | figs-abstractnouns | καὶ δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1195 | MRK | 13 | 35 | z7wi | grammar-connect-logic-result | οὖν | 1 | whether evening | Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 1196 | MRK | 13 | 35 | c96l | grammar-connect-logic-result | γρηγορεῖτε οὖν; οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ | 1 | What follows the word **because** here is the reason that Jesus wants his disciples to **stay alert**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing giving a reason for doing something. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “therefore, stay alert! The reason you should stay alert is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1197 | MRK | 13 | 35 | gx23 | figs-123person | ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται | 1 | By calling himself **the lord of the house** Jesus is identifying himself as the “man on a journey” in the story he told in the previous verse. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1198 | MRK | 13 | 35 | v6it | figs-metonymy | ἀλεκτοροφωνίας | 1 | Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1199 | MRK | 13 | 35 | s8j9 | translate-unknown | ἀλεκτοροφωνίας | 1 | when the rooster crows | A **rooster** is a large bird that calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1200 | MRK | 13 | 36 | mh8t | figs-metaphor | καθεύδοντας | 1 | he might find you sleeping | Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** in a figurative sense to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sleeping** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1201 | MRK | 13 | 36 | wd97 | figs-123person | εὕρῃ | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1202 | MRK | 14 | intro | uk36 | 0 | # Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 1203 | MRK | 14 | 1 | hwb4 | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1204 | MRK | 14 | 1 | xa8f | figs-explicit | ἦν δὲ τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας. καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς | 1 | During **the Festival of Unleavened Bread** the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “Now it was two days before the beginning of the Passover and the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1205 | MRK | 14 | 1 | ve8f | writing-pronouns | αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν | 1 | Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by stealth and kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1206 | MRK | 14 | 1 | qtym | figs-explicit | ἀποκτείνωσιν | 1 | These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1207 | MRK | 14 | 2 | em4q | writing-pronouns | ἔλεγον γάρ | 1 | For they were saying | The pronoun **they** refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “For the chief priests and the scribes were saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1208 | MRK | 14 | 2 | fk19 | figs-explicit | μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ | 1 | Not during the festival | The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. IIf it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” or “We should not arrest him during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1209 | MRK | 14 | 3 | owfp | writing-pronouns | καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ | 1 | Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while he was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1210 | MRK | 14 | 3 | bf84 | translate-names | Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ | 1 | of Simon the leper | **Simon** is the name of a man. This man previously had leprosy but no longer had this disease. If this man still had leprosy he would have been considered ceremonially unclean in this society and would not have been allowed to be in the presence of people who did not have leprosy. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. Alternate translation: “Simon the man who formerly had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1211 | MRK | 14 | 3 | hh81 | λεπροῦ | 1 | See how you translated the term “leprosy” in [1:42](../1/42.md). | ||
| 1212 | MRK | 14 | 3 | sh4s | translate-unknown | κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ | 1 | as he is reclining at table | In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1213 | MRK | 14 | 3 | nl8f | translate-unknown | ἀλάβαστρον | 1 | The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1214 | MRK | 14 | 3 | hk2p | translate-unknown | μύρου | 1 | an alabaster jar | This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1215 | MRK | 14 | 3 | fqa9 | translate-unknown | μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς | 1 | of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard | The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made of very precious scented plants” or “containing perfumed oil made of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1216 | MRK | 14 | 3 | rw4f | figs-possession | μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς | 1 | In this phrase, the second occurrence of the word **of** is used to describe **perfumed oil** that is “made from” **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “containing perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 1217 | MRK | 14 | 3 | yb3w | πολυτελοῦς | 1 | Alternate translation: “very precious” | ||
| 1218 | MRK | 14 | 4 | v57p | figs-rquestion | εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν | 1 | For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? | These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1219 | MRK | 14 | 4 | g9qw | figs-ellipsis | εἰς τί | 1 | Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1220 | MRK | 14 | 4 | gjmg | translate-unknown | μύρου | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1221 | MRK | 14 | 5 | xfzs | translate-unknown | τὸ μύρον | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1222 | MRK | 14 | 5 | y113 | figs-activepassive | ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι | 1 | this perfume was able to be sold | Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1223 | MRK | 14 | 5 | t4p8 | translate-bmoney | δηναρίων τριακοσίων | 1 | 300 denarii | See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 1224 | MRK | 14 | 5 | h62k | figs-nominaladj | δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | given to the poor | Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1225 | MRK | 14 | 5 | k83q | figs-explicit | δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | given to the poor | Here, the word **given** refers to giving the money which could be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1226 | MRK | 14 | 5 | kmpd | καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ | 1 | Alternate translation: “And then they spoke harshly to her because of what she had done” | ||
| 1227 | MRK | 14 | 6 | r9wt | figs-rquestion | τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε | 1 | Why are you troubling her? | With the statement **Why are you causing trouble for her** Jesus is not asking for information, but rather is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1228 | MRK | 14 | 6 | f4yj | figs-abstractnouns | ἔργον | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1229 | MRK | 14 | 7 | tc3j | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς πτωχοὺς | 1 | the poor | See how you translated the phrase **the poor** in [14:5](../14/05.md). Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1230 | MRK | 14 | 9 | vr3w | ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | truly I say to you | See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1231 | MRK | 14 | 9 | ysc5 | figs-activepassive | ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον | 1 | wherever the gospel may be preached | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the one doing it. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1232 | MRK | 14 | 9 | ljh1 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται | 1 | what she has done will also be spoken of | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “my followers will also speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1233 | MRK | 14 | 9 | u2ar | figs-abstractnouns | μνημόσυνον | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST, or you can express the same idea in another way that is natural in your language.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1234 | MRK | 14 | 10 | br8z | translate-names | Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριὼθ | 1 | See how you translated the name **Judas Iscariot** in [Mark 3:19](../mrk/03/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1235 | MRK | 14 | 10 | tq5a | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1236 | MRK | 14 | 10 | z71f | figs-explicit | ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς | 1 | so that he might betray him to them | **Judas** did not deliver Jesus to the **chief priests** yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1237 | MRK | 14 | 10 | hmhr | ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς | 1 | Alternate translation: “to help them arrest Jesus” | ||
| 1238 | MRK | 14 | 10 | khvb | παραδοῖ | 1 | See how you translated the word “betrayed” in [3:19](../03/19.md). | ||
| 1239 | MRK | 14 | 10 | u2ec | writing-pronouns | αὐτὸν | 1 | The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1240 | MRK | 14 | 11 | kzk1 | figs-explicit | οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες | 1 | But when they heard it | It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1241 | MRK | 14 | 11 | m4il | figs-metonymy | αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι | 1 | Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1242 | MRK | 14 | 11 | f7ek | writing-pronouns | ἐζήτει | 1 | The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1243 | MRK | 14 | 11 | jrym | writing-pronouns | αὐτὸν | 1 | The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus.If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1244 | MRK | 14 | 12 | vxax | figs-explicit | τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων | 1 | This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1245 | MRK | 14 | 12 | bel5 | figs-metonymy | φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα | 1 | you may eat the Passover | Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1246 | MRK | 14 | 13 | suny | figs-youdual | αὐτοῖς…ὑμῖν | 1 | Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) | |
| 1247 | MRK | 14 | 13 | cijy | καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων | 1 | Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water” | ||
| 1248 | MRK | 14 | 13 | a7xg | translate-unknown | κεράμιον ὕδατος | 1 | bearing a pitcher of water | Here, **pitcher of water** means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1249 | MRK | 14 | 14 | i344 | figs-quotesinquotes | εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω | 1 | The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 1250 | MRK | 14 | 14 | yhtm | διδάσκαλος | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md). | ||
| 1251 | MRK | 14 | 14 | imqg | τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ | 1 | Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house” | ||
| 1252 | MRK | 14 | 14 | q3pn | figs-metonymy | τὸ Πάσχα | 1 | guest room | Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1253 | MRK | 14 | 15 | jlci | translate-unknown | ἀνάγαιον | 1 | In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1254 | MRK | 14 | 15 | x3zk | figs-activepassive | ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον | 1 | make the preparations for us there | The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table and is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1255 | MRK | 14 | 15 | k4t7 | figs-exclusive | ἡμῖν | 1 | Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 1256 | MRK | 14 | 16 | sb35 | ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ | 1 | the disciples left | Alternate translation: “the two disciples left” | |
| 1257 | MRK | 14 | 16 | wkh9 | figs-metonymy | τὸ Πάσχα | 1 | Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1258 | MRK | 14 | 17 | i1q1 | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | he came with the Twelve | If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly where Jesus and his disciples came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1259 | MRK | 14 | 17 | t0q5 | figs-go | ἔρχεται | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 1260 | MRK | 14 | 17 | bheu | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1261 | MRK | 14 | 18 | cwl8 | ἀνακειμένων | 1 | as they were reclining at table | See how you translated the phrase **reclining to eat** in [14:3](../14/03.md). | |
| 1262 | MRK | 14 | 18 | dg95 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1263 | MRK | 14 | 18 | v5es | παραδώσει | 1 | See how you translated the word **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md). | ||
| 1264 | MRK | 14 | 19 | layt | writing-pronouns | ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι | 1 | The pronoun **They** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The disciples began to be sorrowful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1265 | MRK | 14 | 19 | v3a1 | figs-idiom | εἷς κατὰ εἷς | 1 | one by one | The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1266 | MRK | 14 | 19 | f13p | figs-doublenegatives | μήτι | 1 | Surely not I? | The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of the negative Greek word that Mark used. The Greek word that Mark used is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1267 | MRK | 14 | 20 | n1tv | figs-nominaladj | εἷς τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1268 | MRK | 14 | 20 | htn4 | figs-explicit | ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον | 1 | who is dipping with me into the bowl | Part of the Passover meal involved dipping bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1269 | MRK | 14 | 21 | cif4 | figs-123person | ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται | 1 | Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as Scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1270 | MRK | 14 | 21 | h35q | Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../2/10.md). |
| The file is too large to be shown. View Raw |